en_tn/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	ROM	front	intro	gtn1			0		Introduction to Romans Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the book of Romans Introduction (1:1–15) Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17) All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20) Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21) Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39) God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36) Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13) Conclusion (15:14–16:27) Who wrote the book of Romans? The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus. Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire. What is the book of Romans about? Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” (16:26). In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16), How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts What are the titles used to refer to Jesus? In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12). How should theological terms in Romans be translated? Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.” Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us. What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel (11:5)? The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.” In 11:1–9, Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”? The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages. These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in 3:24 (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In 8:9 (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In 9:1 (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ. Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]]) How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT? The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles: Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: 1:7) Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15) Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: 15:16) The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions. Singular and plural “you” In this book, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to Paul’s audience. There are only four instances of singular “you,” three of which are quotations from the Old Testament (9:7, 17; 13:4, 15:9). Those exceptions will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans? For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. “he \[God\] works all things together for good” (8:28). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.” “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” (11:6). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.” The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans. “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” (16:24). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	ROM	1	intro	hn5n			0		Romans 1 General Notes Structure and formatting Introduction (1:1–15) Greeting (1:1–7) Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15) Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17) All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20) All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32) Special concepts in this chapter The gospel This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” (1:2). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die. Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter “God gave them over” Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4	ROM	1	1	x3em	figs-123person	Παῦλος	1	Paul	In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5	ROM	1	1	plvo	translate-names	Παῦλος	1	Paul	Paul is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6	ROM	1	1	e417	figs-distinguish	δοῦλος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κλητὸς ἀπόστολος	1	Paul	These two phrases give further information about Paul. He describes himself as being someone given the position and authority of being Christ’s servant and apostle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
7	ROM	1	1	v5b9	figs-activepassive	κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος	1	called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus called to be an apostle and set apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8	ROM	1	1	ukts	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1		Here, for introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Jesusset him apart. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach the gospel of God” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
9	ROM	1	1	ji90	figs-possession	εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the gospel that comes from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
10	ROM	1	2	cu3r	figs-distinguish	ὃ	1		Here, which marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” in the previous verse. Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in the holy Scriptures that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
11	ROM	1	3	lab1	figs-distinguish	περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	concerning his Son	This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about God’s Son, “Christ Jesus” (See verse 1). If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
12	ROM	1	3	lk5q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	Son is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
13	ROM	1	3	y2uy	figs-idiom	τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ	1		Here, from a seed of David is an idiom meaning “David’s descendant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who was born a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14	ROM	1	3	rj9f	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα	1	who was a descendant of David according to the flesh	Here, according to the flesh is an idiom meaning “with reference to physical descent.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “according to natural descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15	ROM	1	4	nhz7	figs-infostructure	τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1		In this verse, Paul places these phrases in the order he wants to emphasize. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
16	ROM	1	4	at5s	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1	he was declared with power to be the Son of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “whom God designated as the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17	ROM	1	4	cp80	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Son of God is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18	ROM	1	4	h32u	figs-explicit	ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει	1		Here, in power could refer to: (1) the means by which God designated Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated the Son of God by means of power” (2) a new level of power God gave to the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated as the powerful Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19	ROM	1	4	m89w	figs-possession	Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης	1	Spirit of holiness	Paul is using the possessive form to describe God’s Spirit that is characterized by holiness. This refers to the Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
20	ROM	1	4	js9m	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “by being resurrected from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21	ROM	1	4	h97z	figs-idiom	νεκρῶν	1	by the resurrection from the dead	Here, the phrase translated of dead ones refers to dead people. Here it means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22	ROM	1	4	zvql	figs-possession	νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the place from where Jesus was resurrected. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the preposition “from” instead of “of.” Alternate translation: “from death” or “from among the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
23	ROM	1	4	brej	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here, our refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
24	ROM	1	5	ww9a	figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ	1	we have received grace and apostleship	Here, whom refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25	ROM	1	5	jr9e	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of grace and apostleship, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he who acted kindly toward us and made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26	ROM	1	5	mosg	figs-exclusive	ἐλάβομεν	1		Here, we is exclusive and your language may require you to mark this form. It could refer to: (1) Paul and other apostles, as in the UST. (2) Paul speaking about himself in a plural form. Alternate translation: “I received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
27	ROM	1	5	mv5n	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς	1		Here, for introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Jesus made Paul and other people his apostles. Use a natural way in your language introduce a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
28	ROM	1	5	krzj	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of obedience and faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to faithfully obey Jesus among all the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
29	ROM	1	5	cf3g	figs-possession	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1		Here, obedience of faith could refer to: (1) obedience that is characterized by trust in God. Alternate translation: “for obedience by trusting in God” or “obedience that comes from trusting in God” (2) obedience that results from trusting in God. Alternate translation: “faith that results in obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
30	ROM	1	5	eem9	figs-explicit	ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Here, the Gentiles could refer to: (1) the nations. Use this interpretation if you interpreted we to refer to all the apostles and retained it in your translation. Alternate translation: “among all people groups” (2) non-Jewish people groups. Use this interpretation if you interpreted we to refer only to Paul and translated it as “I”. Alternate translation: “among all non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31	ROM	1	5	rd3v	figs-infostructure	ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “we received grace and apostleship for the sake of his name, for obedience of the faith among all the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
32	ROM	1	5	sxc7	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name	Here Paul uses name figuratively. It could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus” (2) Jesus’ reputation. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus’ fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33	ROM	1	6	xurz	figs-explicit	ἐν οἷς	1		Here,whom refers to “the Gentiles” who were mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated “the Gentiles” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “among the nations” or “among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34	ROM	1	6	sks2	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In this letter, with four exceptions, the words you and your are plural and refer to the recipients of this letter, who are members of the church at Rome (See 1:7). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers in Christ at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
35	ROM	1	6	qq9z	figs-possession	κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe called ones who were called by Jesus Christ. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones called by Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
36	ROM	1	7	z85a	figs-123person	πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ	1	This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people	In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, and they would name those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “To all of you who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
37	ROM	1	7	ymaj	translate-names	Ῥώμῃ	1	This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people	Rome is the name of a city, the capital city of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38	ROM	1	7	zfwq	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the adjective beloved as a noun in order to describe the church at Rome. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this words with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are loved of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
39	ROM	1	7	rkdh	figs-possession	ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the beloved who are loved by God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loved by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
40	ROM	1	7	v8bl	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May grace be to you, and peace	In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
41	ROM	1	7	ys4e	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May grace be to you, and peace	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns grace and peace, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show his gracious acts to you and make you feel peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
42	ROM	1	7	d8pa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	God our Father	Father here is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus and the relationship between God and believers. Alternate translation: “our Father God and the Lord Jesus, the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
43	ROM	1	7	j61d	figs-exclusive	Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1		When Paul writes our here, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so our would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “who is the Father of us Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
44	ROM	1	8	yrau	grammar-connect-logic-result	πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ.	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because your faith is being proclaimed throughout the whole world, I first want to thank my God through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
45	ROM	1	8	totr	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πρῶτον μὲν	1		First here indicates that Paul has finished his introduction to the letter, and what follows is the beginning of the content of the letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first thing I want to say is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
46	ROM	1	8	tdsj	figs-possession	τῷ Θεῷ μου	1		Paul is using the possessive form my God to express that he belongs to God. Paul does not mean that he owns God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that owns me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
47	ROM	1	8	bphf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way you trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
48	ROM	1	8	efqs	figs-activepassive	ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that other believers are proclaiming how great the faith of the Roman believers is. Alternate translation: “other people are proclaiming your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
49	ROM	1	8	k7qf	figs-hyperbole	ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, the whole world is an exaggeration that refers to all the parts of the world that were familiar to Paul and his readers, particularly the Roman Empire. Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “across the known world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
50	ROM	1	9	c7pa	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For God is my witness	For indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that he thanks God for the Roman believers. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You can be sure this is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
51	ROM	1	9	twht	figs-infostructure	μάρτυς…μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἀδιαλείπτως μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι	1	For God is my witness	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses and make a new sentence if necessary. Alternate translation: “God is my witness how I continually make mention of you. I serve him in my spirit in the gospel of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
52	ROM	1	9	dx6p	figs-distinguish	μάρτυς…μού…ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	in my spirit	This phrase gives us further information about God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my witness and I serve him in my spirit in the gospel of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
53	ROM	1	9	ll1e	figs-abstractnouns	μάρτυς…μού	1	in my spirit	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of witness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who testifies about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
54	ROM	1	9	ydnc	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου	1		Here, spirit refers to the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Paul means that he serves God with complete devotion. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “with my whole heart” or “wholeheartedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
55	ROM	1	9	ih0v	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1		Here, in indicates the means by which Paul served God and gospel refers specifically to proclaiming the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
56	ROM	1	9	o66d	figs-possession	ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the gospel that is about God’s Son. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
57	ROM	1	9	r2l5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ	1	Son	Son is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
58	ROM	1	9	f9p2	figs-hyperbole	ἀδιαλείπτως	1	I make mention of you	Here, continually is an exaggeration that emphasizes how frequently Paul prayed for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I regularly” or “I habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole)
59	ROM	1	9	vtuq	figs-idiom	μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι	1		Here, making mention is an idiom for prayer. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am … praying for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
60	ROM	1	10	mdc8	figs-doublet	πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος	1	I always request in my prayers that … I may at last be successful … in coming to you	This phrase means the same thing as “I continually make mention of you” in the previous verse. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how intensely he prays that God will allow him to visit the church at Rome. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase for the similar passage in the previous verse and in this verse provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “in all my prayers, I beg God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
61	ROM	1	10	oi0x	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1		Here, the word always is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
62	ROM	1	10	b5wy	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	by the will of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because God wills for me” or “because God wants me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
63	ROM	1	11	ki6h	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For I desire to see you	For here indicates that this is a reason clause. Paul is indicating why he constantly prays to visit the church at Rome in verses 9–10. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason for something. Alternate translation: “I am always requesting this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
64	ROM	1	11	gjdu	figs-metonymy	ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς	1		Paul uses see figuratively to describe not only seeing the Christians in Rome, but also visiting them and spending time with them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
65	ROM	1	11	b23b	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, so that indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he wants to visit the believers at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
66	ROM	1	12	pnnm	figs-distinguish	τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν	1		Here, and that is gives us further information about why Paul wants to share “some spiritual gift” with the church at Rome. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “namely” or “specifically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
67	ROM	1	12	ux1x	figs-activepassive	συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other’s faith, yours and mine	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to mutually encourage each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
68	ROM	1	12	ddtm	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to to refer to the trust in Jesus that both he and his readers shared. Paul means that they should mutually encourage each other because they have a mutual faith in Christ. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “by both you and I sharing with one another how we trust in God” or “through talking about our common Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
69	ROM	1	12	e6py	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	1		See how you translated this word in verse 5 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
70	ROM	1	13	yi1f	figs-litotes	οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	I do not want you to be uninformed	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you to be informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
71	ROM	1	13	rwzn	figs-activepassive	ἀγνοεῖν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72	ROM	1	13	u1cq	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term brother is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
73	ROM	1	13	zvrj	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο	1		Paul assumes that his readers will know that until now means “even at the present time.” He does not mean that he was no longer hindered at the moment he wrote these words. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I have been hindered and still am now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
74	ROM	1	13	b92o	figs-activepassive	ἐκωλύθην	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
75	ROM	1	13	gnu7	figs-metaphor	ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in order to have a harvest among you	Here, fruit could refer to: (1) people believing in the gospel as a result of Paul’s preaching, which would connect this verse to the idea in verse 15. Alternative translation: “so that I might lead people to salvation among you also” (2) strengthening the believers in Rome, in which case this would have the same meaning as “some spiritual gracious gift” in verse 11. Alternative translation: “so that I might strengthen you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
76	ROM	1	14	s4bm	figs-metaphor	ὀφειλέτης εἰμί	1	I am a debtor both	Paul speaks figuratively of himself as if he was a debtor who owed money to people who were not Jews, such as Greeks and barbarians. Paul means that he was obligated to preach the gospel to non-Jews because God had commanded him to do so. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation, “I am obliged to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
77	ROM	1	14	j2sz	figs-merism	Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις	1		Here Paul uses Greeks and barbarians figuratively to represent all the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
78	ROM	1	14	lio6	figs-merism	σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις	1		Paul speaks figuratively here, using wise ones and foolish ones to represent all types of people among the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of people among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
79	ROM	1	14	q728	figs-doublet	Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις, σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that he is obligated to preach the gospel to every kind of Gentile. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “to each and every kind of Gentile” or “to every single non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
80	ROM	1	15	h9zv	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως	1		So here indicates that this a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
81	ROM	1	16	oa6m	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For indicates the reason why Paul is eager to proclaim the gospel in Rome. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am eager to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
82	ROM	1	16	mm2f	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι	1	I am not ashamed of the gospel	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am greatly honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
83	ROM	1	16	nvkv	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	I am not ashamed of the gospel	Here, gospel refers specifically to the preaching of the gospel that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not ashamed to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
84	ROM	1	16	f5x9	figs-possession	δύναμις γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	for the Jew first and for the Greek	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the gospel as the powerful way that God saves people. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for it is the powerful way that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
85	ROM	1	16	sz5b	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	first	Here, for indicates that salvation is the result of the gospel. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that results in the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
86	ROM	1	16	merb	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ	1	first	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of salvation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for saving everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
87	ROM	1	16	htqe	figs-ellipsis	παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	first	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
88	ROM	1	16	dwtm	figs-genericnoun	Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι	1	first	Paul is speaking of Jewish people and Greek people in general, not of one particular Jew or Greek. If this might confuse your readers, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “both to the Jewish people first and to the Greek people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
89	ROM	1	16	u8on	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον	1		The phrase the Jew first means that the Jewish people were the first people to hear the gospel. Paul does not mean that the Jew is better or has a high status than the Greek. If this would confuse your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “both to the Jews who first heard the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
90	ROM	1	16	al16	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνι	1		Here, the Greek refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the non-Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
91	ROM	1	17	of98	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For indicates that what follows is the reason why the gospel is the power of God that leads to salvation, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The gospel can save everyone who believes because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
92	ROM	1	17	wfsc	figs-activepassive	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it reveals the righteousness of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93	ROM	1	17	h38h	figs-metaphor	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith	Paul speaks figuratively about the righteousness of God as if it was an object that could be revealed. He means that people learn about the righteousness of God when someone proclaims the gospel to them. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “when people preach the gospel, those who hear it learn about the righteousness of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
94	ROM	1	17	qr31	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul is using the possessive form of God that could refer to: (1) righteousness that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the righteousness from God” (2) righteousness that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
95	ROM	1	17	gsl5	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun righteousness in another way. Alternate translation: “how God causes people to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
96	ROM	1	17	ii3m	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	For in it	The pronoun it here refers to “the gospel” that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
97	ROM	1	17	jl9i	figs-idiom	ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν	1		Here, from faith to faith describes how the righteousness of God is revealed. It is an idiom that could mean: (1) completely by faith alone. Alternate translation: “by faith from beginning to end” or “through faith from first to last” (2) by the faith that all believers share, like how the phrase “from sea to sea” means “from one sea to another sea.” Alternate translation: “from one person’s faith to another person’s faith” (3) by faith that leads to increasing faith. Alternate translation: “through faith for faith” or “from one degree of faith to another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
98	ROM	1	17	igg9	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it has been written	Here Paul uses just as it is written to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book (Habakkuk 2:4). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
99	ROM	1	17	bgvh	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Habakkuk. Alternate translation: “just as the prophet Habakkuk wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
100	ROM	1	17	oih2	figs-quotemarks	ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται	1		In this sentence Paul quotes Habakkuk 2:4. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
101	ROM	1	17	a9y7	figs-explicit	ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται	1		Here, live could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternative translation: “will live eternally by faith” (2) the quality of one’s physical life. Alternative translation: “will truly live by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
102	ROM	1	17	e7eu	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	2		See how you translated this word in verse 5 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
103	ROM	1	18	c69s	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	For indicates that what follows is the reason why “the righteous one must live by faith,” as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The righteous one must live this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
104	ROM	1	18	r15v	figs-activepassive	ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεοῦ	1	For the wrath of God is revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is revealing his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
105	ROM	1	18	wzy3	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴ Θεοῦ	1	the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people	Here Paul uses wrath figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s wrath, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s wrathful punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
106	ROM	1	18	kjen	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of ungodliness and unrighteousness, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “against all the ungodly and unrighteous acts of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
107	ROM	1	18	fz23	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, ungodliness and unrighteousness of men figuratively refer to the people who do ungodly and unrighteous things. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “against people who do any ungodly or unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
108	ROM	1	18	td8t	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of unrighteousness and truth, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “who, because they do not want to act righteously, keep holding back what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
109	ROM	1	18	rztp	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term men is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
110	ROM	1	18	g3qm	figs-distinguish	τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων	1		This phrase gives us further information about the nature of people, who are called ** men** in the previous phrase. It is not making a distinction between different kinds of men. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “these same people who in unrighteousness are holding back the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
111	ROM	1	18	k4ql	figs-personification	τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων	1		Here Paul speaks of truth figuratively as though it were a person who could be restrained or held back. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who in unrighteousness prevent the truth from being known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
112	ROM	1	19	jd85	figs-activepassive	τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that it is any person. Alternate translation: “what people can know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
113	ROM	1	19	r6ef	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun them refers to the ungodly and unrighteous people mentioned in the previous verse. Unless, otherwise noted, them, “their”, and “they” refer to ungodly and unrighteous people throughout verses 19–32. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these ungodly and unrighteous people … all these ungodly and unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
114	ROM	1	20	fo6q	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ…ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ…καθορᾶται; ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of qualities, power, and nature, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what people cannot see about God, both how eternally powerful he is and who he is are clearly seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
115	ROM	1	20	szu6	figs-metaphor	καθορᾶται	1	For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen	Paul uses seen figurative to refer to perceiving something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are clearly perceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
116	ROM	1	20	abdl	figs-activepassive	καθορᾶται	1	For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people can clearly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
117	ROM	1	20	uvc1	figs-synecdoche	κόσμου	1	world	Paul uses the world figuratively to refer to the whole universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
118	ROM	1	20	dr8v	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the things God has made understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
119	ROM	1	20	dxr6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους	1	they are without excuse	So indicates that this is a result clause. Use the natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are without excuse” or “This is why they are without excuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
120	ROM	1	21	pgta	figs-explicit	γνόντες τὸν Θεὸν	1		Here Paul uses having known to imply that these people know about God or know that God exists. He does not mean that they know God personally. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having known about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
121	ROM	1	21	iasg	figs-doublet	οὐχ ὡς Θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ ηὐχαρίστησαν	1		Here, not glorify him and nor give him thanks mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that ungodly people dishonor God. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “they thanklessly despise God” or “they completely disregard God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
122	ROM	1	21	c6v7	figs-metaphor	ηὐχαρίστησαν	1		Here Paul speaks of expressions of thanks figuratively as if they were something that could be given to a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did they thank him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
123	ROM	1	21	dant	figs-doublet	ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how foolish these ungodly people became by refusing to honor God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “they became completely senseless in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
124	ROM	1	21	xm6i	figs-activepassive	ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν	1	became foolish in their thoughts	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they began to think futile things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
125	ROM	1	21	d2c0	figs-metaphor	ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the heart as if it could mentally sense things or could become black in color. He also uses darkened figuratively to refer to someone losing the ability to understand something. He means that these people lack spiritual sensitivity and are unable to understand spiritual things. If your readers would not understand what a senseless heart or darkened mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “their heart became incapable of feeling or understanding spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
126	ROM	1	21	t4p7	figs-metonymy	καρδία	1		Here Paul uses heart figuratively to refer a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
127	ROM	1	21	sw8q	grammar-collectivenouns	καρδία	1		The word heart is a singular noun that refers to the inner beings or minds of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “inner beings” or “hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
128	ROM	1	22	ddr2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἐμωράνθησαν	1	They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish	The phrase they became foolish is in contrast to what these unrighteous people claimed about themselves in the previous phrase. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but they became foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
129	ROM	1	22	ly68		ἐμωράνθησαν	1		Alternate translation: “they became fools” or “they acted like fools” or “they started acting like fools”
130	ROM	1	23	k9xu	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God	Here, and indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish,” as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
131	ROM	1	23	x2wl	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν.	1	for the likenesses of an image	Paul uses exchanged figuratively to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped worshiping God and started worshiping idols that resembled these creatures. If your readers would not understand what exchanged means in this context, you could use an express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “then they stopped glorifying the imperishable God in order to worship images things that God created: perishable humans, birds, four-footed animals, and creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
132	ROM	1	23	qb7f	figs-parallelism	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		The two phrases the glory of the imperishable God and a likeness of an image of perishable man mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar phrases to emphasize the contrast between God and man. Use a natural way in your language to express a contrast that uses parallel ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
133	ROM	1	23	r14e	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ	1	of perishable man	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what glorifies the imperishable God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
134	ROM	1	23	u971	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ	1	of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between glory and the imperishable God. This phrase could refer to: (1) the glory that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “the glory that characterizes the imperishable God” (2) the glory that belongs to God. Alternate translation: “the glory that belongs only to the imperishable God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
135	ROM	1	23	rfez	figs-possession	ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος	1		The words translated as likeness and image were used in the Greek translation of the Old Testament to refer to the same thing (Genesis 1:26). Here Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that image is an explanation of likeness. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “a likeness, that is, an image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
136	ROM	1	23	osrt	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “and likenesses of birds, and likenesses of four-footed animals, and likenesses of creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
137	ROM	1	23	rq7h		τετραπόδων	1		The phrase four-footed beasts refers to animals that walk on four feet. Use the most natural form to describe this kind of animal in your language. Alternate translation: “of quadrupeds” or “of four-legged beasts”
138	ROM	1	24	fvv6	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	Therefore here introduces a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people rejecting the glory of God in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
139	ROM	1	24	ec9q	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν	1	God gave them over to	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if God were physically giving them to lusts. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God permitted them to become controlled by the lusts of their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
140	ROM	1	24	tlv5	figs-possession	ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν	1	them … their … themselves	Paul is using the possessive form to describe lusts that come from their hearts. If this is not clear in your language, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the lusts that come from their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
141	ROM	1	24	le2o	figs-metonymy	τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν	1		See how you translated “heart” in verse 21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
142	ROM	1	24	rkou	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν	1		This is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people indulging in the lusts of their hearts. Use the natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “resulting in uncleanness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
143	ROM	1	24	ze8i	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to become unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
144	ROM	1	24	g0r4	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν	1		Here Paul uses uncleanness figuratively to refer to sexual immorality as if it were something dirty. He means that these lustful people become spiritually impure as a result of doing sexually immoral acts. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “to become sexually immoral” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145	ROM	1	24	puad	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι	1		Here, to dishonor could refer to: (1) the result of God giving the people over to their lusts. Alternate translation: “which results in them dishonoring” (2) the purpose for which God gave them over to their lusts. Alternate translation: “in order to dishonor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
146	ROM	1	24	a8pm	figs-euphemism	τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν	1	for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves	In this clause Paul uses dishonor their bodies figuratively to refer to sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to a shameful act. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to commit sexually immoral acts” or “to indulging in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
147	ROM	1	25	dv6h	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει	1	they	Paul uses exchanged figuratively to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped believing what is true about God and started believing in idols, which are false gods. If your readers would not understand what exchanged means in this context, you could use an express the meaning plainly. See how you translated exchanged in verse 23. Alternative translation, “these people refuse to trust what God says is true and accept what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148	ROM	1	25	koee	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of truth and lie, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is correct about God for what is incorrect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
149	ROM	1	25	e9pj	figs-possession	τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who worshiped and served the creation	Paul is using the possessive form to describe truth that is about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun truth. Alternate translation: “the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
150	ROM	1	25	bl7p	figs-doublet	ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that these people completely rejected worshiping the true God. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
151	ROM	1	25	x3t4	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ κτίσει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of creation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
152	ROM	1	25	xrsa	figs-distinguish	ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1		This phrase gives us further information about the Creator. It is not making a distinction between God and the Creator. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God who is blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
153	ROM	1	25	m8zg	translate-blessing	ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1		After naming the Creator, Paul adds a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may he be blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
154	ROM	1	25	v1ex	figs-nominaladj	εὐλογητὸς	1		Paul is using the adjective blessed as a noun in order to describe the Creator. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the blessed one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
155	ROM	1	26	sk6f	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse 24. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156	ROM	1	26	hw81	figs-possession	πάθη ἀτιμίας	1	dishonorable passions	Paul is using the possessive form to describe passions that are characterized by dishonor. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “dishonorable” instead of the noun “dishonor.” Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
157	ROM	1	26	lk73	figs-abstractnouns	πάθη ἀτιμίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of passions and dishonor, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by doing what they are passionate about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
158	ROM	1	26	j4ni	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	for their women	The word translated for introduces an explanation of passions of dishonor. This explanation begins after the word for and continues through the end of the next verse. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “That is,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
159	ROM	1	26	jqyi	figs-metaphor	μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν	1		Paul uses exchanged figuratively to describe the actions of ungodly women as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped doing natural sexual acts with men and started doing sexual acts with other women that are contrary to nature. If your readers would not understand what exchanged means in this context, you could use an express the meaning plainly. See how you translated exchanged in verses 23 and 25. Alternative translation, “stopped doing natural sexual acts with men and started doing unnatural sexual acts with women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
160	ROM	1	26	vs4a	figs-euphemism	τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν	1	exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural	Paul uses the natural use figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and men. This is a polite way of referring to something that would be offensive in some cultures. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
161	ROM	1	26	qvr5	figs-euphemism	τὴν παρὰ φύσιν	1	exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural	Paul uses contrary to nature figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and other women. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
162	ROM	1	27	ji3l	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὁμοίως τε καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες	1		This phrase emphasizes that what follows is similar to 1:26. Alternate translation: “in the same way even the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
163	ROM	1	27	gn3f	figs-metaphor	ἀφέντες	1	committed shameless acts	Paul speaks figuratively of these men as if they were leaving their location to go to another one. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way God intended for people to do sexual acts. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having abandoned” or “having rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
164	ROM	1	27	g3ja	figs-euphemism	τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας	1	men also left their natural relations with women	See how you translated the natural use in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
165	ROM	1	27	qvi3	figs-possession	τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας	1	men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the natural use that is associated with the female. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternative expression. Alternate translation: “the natural use associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
166	ROM	1	27	pqpo	figs-genericnoun	τῆς θηλείας	1	men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error	Paul is speaking of these females in general, not of one particular female. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
167	ROM	1	27	yvm1	figs-metaphor	ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	error	Paul speaks figuratively of lust as if it were something that could burn like a fire. He means that their lust is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
168	ROM	1	27	ylj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lust, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “burned lustfully for one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
169	ROM	1	27	kxwj	figs-euphemism	ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι	1		This phrase refers to men doing sexual acts with other men. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
170	ROM	1	27	u2hh	figs-metaphor	κατεργαζόμενοι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of men doing sexual acts with each other as if it could produce something. He means that what they are doing is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171	ROM	1	27	sjhb	figs-infostructure	καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες	1		In the original language the phrase the penalty is at the front of the clause for emphasis. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to show that emphasis. Alternate translation: “and the penalty which was necessary for their perversion receiving in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
172	ROM	1	27	jtru	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2		Here, and indicates that what follows is the result of the shameless acts. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
173	ROM	1	27	raet	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the penalty for their sinful activity as if it were something that they could receive inside of themselves. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “experiencing in their own bodies” or “receiving among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
174	ROM	1	27	x6fz	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of penalty, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the punishing act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
175	ROM	1	27	dbtt	figs-abstractnouns	ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of perversion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “which was necessary for their perverted acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
176	ROM	1	28	bt7u	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει	1		The phrase having God in their full awareness is an idiom that means “thinking about God” or “acknowledging God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “they did not approve of thinking about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
177	ROM	1	28	f53x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of full awareness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being fully aware of God” or “fully acknowledging that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
178	ROM	1	28	yy1c	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς	1	he gave them up to a depraved mind	See how you translated this phrase in verses 24 and 26. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179	ROM	1	28	p8z2	figs-genericnoun	εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν	1	not proper	Paul is speaking of the minds of these ungodly people in general, not of one particular mind. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “to disapproved minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
180	ROM	1	28	r1pt	figs-explicit	εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν	1	not proper	Here, mind refers to a person’s will and moral reasoning. The mind of one of these ungodly people is disapproved, which means that it has been rejected by God as worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state these ideas explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a mind that has become worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
181	ROM	1	28	ie4l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ποιεῖν	1		Here, to do could refer to: (1) the result of a disapproved mind. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of a disapproved mind. Alternate translation: “so that they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
182	ROM	1	28	aye6	figs-explicit	τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα	1		The phrase those things that are not proper refers to what Paul describes in verses 29–31. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those improper things that follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
183	ROM	1	29	c2e2	figs-litany		0	General Information:	In verses 29–31 Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences and ideas to show how evil these ungodly and unrighteous people are. This is a list of the “things that are not proper” of which those people in verses 18–28 are guilty. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
184	ROM	1	29	v0zj	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ	1		Paul uses filled with figuratively to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container filled with the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that has been filled with something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by unrighteousness, wickedness, covetousness, and malice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
185	ROM	1	29	t4qm	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένους	1	They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
186	ROM	1	29	uqks	figs-abstractnouns	πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ;	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of unrighteousness, wickedness, covetousness, and malice, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “filled with all unrighteous, wicked, covetous, and malicious thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
187	ROM	1	29	a7s3	figs-metaphor	μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας	1		Paul uses full of figuratively to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container full of the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that is full of something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
188	ROM	1	29	dzda	figs-abstractnouns	μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intent, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are full of envious, murderous, contentious, and deceitful thoughts, and they intend to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
189	ROM	1	30	f4tt	figs-nominaladj	θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…ἀπειθεῖς	1	slanderers	Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
190	ROM	1	30	th8q	figs-abstractnouns	καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν	1	inventing ways of doing evil	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns slanderers and inventors in another way. Alternate translation: “people who speak against others … people who invent ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
191	ROM	1	30	qq50	figs-possession	ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe inventors who invent evil things. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
192	ROM	1	31	i7ix	figs-nominaladj	ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας	1		Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, faithless, heartless, and merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
193	ROM	1	32	cxx8	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δικαίωμα	1	They understand the righteous regulations of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteous decree, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
194	ROM	1	32	ytu6	figs-possession	τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a the righteous decree that comes from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
195	ROM	1	32	z12q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	are deserving of death	Here, that indicates that what follows is the content of the the righteous decree of God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
196	ROM	1	32	iqg1	writing-pronouns	τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν	1	who do them	The pronouns such things and things and them refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in verses 28–31. If this would confuse your readers, you could make state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
197	ROM	1	32	p9e9	figs-nominaladj	ἄξιοι θανάτου	1		Paul is using the adjective worthy as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who deserve death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
198	ROM	1	32	t0ls	figs-abstractnouns	ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
199	ROM	1	32	awth	figs-metaphor	ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν	1		Here Paul uses death figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die spiritually” or “are worthy of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
200	ROM	2	intro	dse2			0		Romans 2 General Notes Structure and formatting All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20) All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32) All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8) In this chapter Paul shifts his audience from Roman Christians to people who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) Special concepts in this chapter “The Law” In this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. Paul says that those who try to obey the Law of Moses will not be justified by trying to obey it. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter In verses 1–5 Paul uses the singular pronoun “you” and the singular noun “man” to refer to all people in general. If your language does not use singular pronouns or singular nouns to refer to a group of people, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-crowd]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
201	ROM	2	1	y6ts	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		Therefore here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the consequences of the behavior that Paul described in 1:18–32. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
202	ROM	2	1	d7pj	figs-crowd	εἶ…κρίνεις…σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις…πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων	1	Therefore you are without excuse	Paul uses the singular pronoun you here to refer to all people in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “every one of you is … every one of you judges … every one of you condemns yourself … every one of you who judges practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-crowd]])
203	ROM	2	1	atxo		ἀναπολόγητος	1	Therefore you are without excuse	See how you translated this phrase in 1:20.
204	ROM	2	1	md5e	figs-exclamations	ὦ ἄνθρωπε	1	you	O man here is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
205	ROM	2	1	x3mi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἄνθρωπε	1	you are	Here, man is a singular noun that refers to humanity in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
206	ROM	2	1	n2mu	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, for introduces a reason clause. In the rest of the verse Paul gives the reasons why anyone who judges is without excuse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
207	ROM	2	1	jt4b	writing-pronouns	ἐν ᾧ	1	you person, you who judge	The word translated that which is a pronoun that refers to any way or any time a person might judge someone else. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
208	ROM	2	1	ybp2	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἕτερον	1	for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself	Here, the other refers to any other person. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
209	ROM	2	1	nz11	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, for introduces a clause that explains why these judgmental people are self-condemned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
210	ROM	2	1	wumc	writing-pronouns	τὰ…αὐτὰ	1		The phrase the same things refers to acts for which people judge one another. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Alternate translation: “the very same deeds” or “the same things you judge them for doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
211	ROM	2	2	jr4i	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	But we know	Here, we could refer to: (1) Paul and the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ” (2) mankind in general. Alternate translation: “all people” Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
212	ROM	2	2	qca8	figs-possession	τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the judgment that God does. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment” or “how God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
213	ROM	2	2	kfy1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν	1	God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of judgment and truth, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how God judges is according to what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
214	ROM	2	2	lfqn	figs-explicit	κατὰ ἀλήθειαν	1	God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those	This phrase indicates the manner in which God will judge those who act sinfully. He will judge them according to the sins they truly committed. If this phrase might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “based on the facts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
215	ROM	2	2	j46f		τοὺς…πράσσοντας	1		See how you translated this phrase in 1:32.
216	ROM	2	2	mjao	figs-explicit	τὰ τοιαῦτα	1		Here, such things refers to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in 1:28–32. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things” or “these kinds of evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
217	ROM	2	3	zwg7	figs-rquestion	λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	person	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that God will finally judge them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But you should not think, O man, who judges those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things, that you will escape from the judgment of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
218	ROM	2	3	jct9	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1		The pronoun this refers to the final clause of this verse that you will escape from the judgment of God. You could use a natural way in your language to make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
219	ROM	2	3	ysys	figs-infostructure	τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “that you will escape from the judgment of God, O man, who judges those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
220	ROM	2	3	rk75	figs-exclamations	ὦ ἄνθρωπε	1	you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things	See how you translated this phrase in verse 1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
221	ROM	2	3	mo4p	figs-explicit	τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτά	1		The phrases such things and the same things refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in 1:28–32. See how you translated such things in verse 2 and the same things in verse 1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
222	ROM	2	3	bd82	figs-personification	ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, judgment is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who someone could escape from. Paul means that no one can avoid God’s judgment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that you will not prevent God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
223	ROM	2	3	hpej	figs-explicit	τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
224	ROM	2	4	pex3	figs-rquestion	ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει?	1	Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that the kindness of God leads them to repentance. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You who scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience surely know that the kindness of God leads you to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
225	ROM	2	4	v9yf	figs-crowd	καταφρονεῖς…σε	1		In this verse Paul uses the singular pronoun you here to refer to all of humanity in general. See how you translated you in verses 1 and 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-crowd]])
226	ROM	2	4	w537	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας	1	Do you think so little of the riches … patience	Paul speaks figuratively of God’s kindness and forbearance and patience as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “acquiring his wonderful kindness and forbearance and patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
227	ROM	2	4	swj9	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας	1	Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance?	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words kindness, forbearance, and patience, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of how kind, forbearing, and patient he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
228	ROM	2	4	pplt	figs-possession	τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας…τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the kindness, forbearance, and patience that characterize God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
229	ROM	2	4	acip	figs-personification	τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει	1		Paul speaks of the kindness of God figuratively as if it were a person who could lead someone to repentance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God uses his kindness to cause you to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
230	ROM	2	4	u0io	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει	1		Here, to repentance is a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal of the kindness of God. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a goal clause. Alternate translation: “leads you to repent” or “guides you to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
231	ROM	2	4	jamv	figs-abstractnouns	μετάνοιάν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of repentance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
232	ROM	2	5	agl8	figs-metaphor	κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου	1	But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a hard substance. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “But according to your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
233	ROM	2	5	v6z1	figs-metonymy	ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν	1		Here, heart figuratively refers to a person’s will or inner being. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unrepentant will” or “unwillingness to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
234	ROM	2	5	fv4k	figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν	1	you are storing up for yourself wrath	Here Paul speaks of wrath figuratively as if it were an object that someone could store up. He means that the longer people refuse to repent, the greater is God’s wrath against them. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much wrath God has against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
235	ROM	2	5	s7cs	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴν…ὀργῆς	1	you are storing up for yourself wrath	Here Paul uses wrath figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s wrath, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in 1:18. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
236	ROM	2	5	pck0	figs-explicit	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul assumes that his readers will know that both the day of wrath and the revelation of the righteous judgment of God refer to the time in the future when God will punish all wicked people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time God finally punishes wicked people and reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
237	ROM	2	5	uz3k	figs-possession	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a day that is characterized by wrath and by the revelation of the righteous judgment of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “on the day characterized by God’s wrath and the revelation of his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
238	ROM	2	5	ay1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of wrath, revelation, and judgment, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day of God’s wrathful acts when he reveals how righteously he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
239	ROM	2	5	fnpj	figs-possession	ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the righteous judgment of God as what the revelation reveals. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “when God reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
240	ROM	2	5	sume	figs-possession	δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the righteous judgment that is carried out by God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “of God judging righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
241	ROM	2	6	frov	figs-quotations	ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		This clause is a quotation from the Old Testament (Psalm 62:12). If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
242	ROM	2	6	jwcx	figs-metaphor	ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses pay back figuratively to refer to appropriately punishing or rewarding someone as if the punishment or reward was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish or reward each one according to his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243	ROM	2	6	gj1q	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	to every person according to his actions	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun deeds in another way. Alternate translation: “how he acts” or “what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
244	ROM	2	7	ylpm			0	General Information:	In verses 7–10 Paul explains what he means when he said in verse 6 that God will “pay back to each according to his deeds.”
245	ROM	2	7	rrbf	figs-infostructure	τοῖς…καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον;	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “eternal life to those who are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility according to endurance of good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
246	ROM	2	7	gec6	figs-ellipsis	ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	seeking	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “eternal life is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
247	ROM	2	7	sqdo	figs-metaphor	τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν	1		Paul uses seeking figuratively to refer to these people as if they were trying to find something. He means that they are trying to live in such a way as to obtain glory and honor and incorruptibility. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to those who … keep trying to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
248	ROM	2	7	zyff		τοῖς…καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ…ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here, according to could indicate: (1) the means by which these people are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility. Alternate translation: “everlasting life to those who, by means of endurance of good work, are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility” (2) the reason why God gives these people everlasting live. Alternate translation: “because they endure in good work and are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility, everlasting life”
249	ROM	2	7	d2gw	figs-abstractnouns	καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of endurance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to the fact that they keep on doing good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
250	ROM	2	7	ub51	figs-abstractnouns	δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν	1	praise, honor, and incorruptibility	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns glory, honor, and incorruptibility in another way. Alternate translation: “for God to glorify, honor, and cause them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
251	ROM	2	8	j1e6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἐριθείας	1	wrath and fierce anger will come	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of ambition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from being selfishly ambitious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
252	ROM	2	8	fcb4	figs-doublet	καὶ ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how sinful these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
253	ROM	2	8	xhtm	figs-personification	ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1		Here, the truth is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person whom someone could disobey, and unrighteousness is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
254	ROM	2	8	m7pm	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ…τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of truth and unrighteousness, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true … what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
255	ROM	2	8	ytny	figs-ellipsis	ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the verse 6. Alternate translation: “wrath and anger is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
256	ROM	2	8	exor	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴ	1		Here Paul uses wrath figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s wrath, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in 1:18. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
257	ROM	2	8	wa6f	figs-abstractnouns	ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός	1	self-seeking	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of wrath and anger, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God is wrathful and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
258	ROM	2	8	blwx	figs-doublet	ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός	1		The words wrath and anger mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize God’s intense anger toward people who are disobedient to the truth. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “fierce wrath” or “angry wrath” or “wrathful anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
259	ROM	2	9	ospb	figs-metaphor	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Tribulation and distress as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every evil person will experience Tribulation and distress. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Every human soul that produces the evil will experience tribulation and distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
260	ROM	2	9	qonf	figs-abstractnouns	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of Tribulation and ** distress**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “difficult and distressing times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
261	ROM	2	9	u8f7	figs-doublet	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία	1	tribulation and distress on	These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
262	ROM	2	9	ck9i	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul uses soul of man to refer to the whole life of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
263	ROM	2	9	msox	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπου	1		Although the term man is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
264	ROM	2	9	n7q4	figs-nominaladj	τὸ κακόν	1	has practiced evil	Paul is using the adjective evil as a noun in order to describe things people do. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “what is evil” or “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
265	ROM	2	9	a9s5	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος	1	to the Jew first	This phrase could mean: (1) the Jews will have greater responsibility because God offered salvation to them first. Alternate translation: “especially for the Jewish person and also for the non-Jewish person” (2) the Jews will be judged before non-Jews, which is the same meaning as in 1:16. Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
266	ROM	2	9	csnc	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνος	1	to the Jew first	See how you translated this phrase in 1:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
267	ROM	2	10	i9tg	figs-abstractnouns	δόξα…καὶ τιμὴ	1	practices good	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of glory and honor, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God will glorify and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
268	ROM	2	10	t2od	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνη	1	practices good	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Here, peace could refer to: (1) feeling calm and secure. Alternate translation: “a peaceful feeling” (2) being at peace with God. Alternate translation: “a peaceful relationship with God” (3) both a peaceful feeling and a peaceful relationship with God. “a peaceful feeling and a peaceful relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
269	ROM	2	10	ib56	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	first	Paul is using the adjective good as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
270	ROM	2	10	u06j	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
271	ROM	2	11	eol0	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of favoritism, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not honor one type of person above another” or “God is not more favorable toward one person than another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
272	ROM	2	12	wkx8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	For as many as have sinned	For here indicates that what follows in verses 12–16 explains the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
273	ROM	2	12	ecsk	figs-explicit	ὅσοι…ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον	1		Paul uses this phrase to refer to non-Jews, which he calls “the Greek” in verses 9–10. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many non-Jewish people as have sinned without the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
274	ROM	2	12	t3qs	grammar-collectivenouns	ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως…νόμῳ…νόμου	1		The word law is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “without God’s laws … without God’s laws … God’s laws … God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
275	ROM	2	12	m6cy	figs-idiom	ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως	1	as many as have sinned	Here, without the law refers to not knowing God’s law. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without knowing God’s law” or “in ignorance of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
276	ROM	2	12	qkh4	figs-metonymy	καὶ ἀπολοῦνται	1		Here Paul uses perish figuratively to refer to eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will also be punished eternally” or “will also experience eternal punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
277	ROM	2	12	jwvz	figs-explicit	ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον	1		Paul uses this phrase to refer to Jews, who are the people to whom God gave his law. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many Jewish people as have sinned with the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
278	ROM	2	12	w4cp	figs-activepassive	διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will judge by his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
279	ROM	2	12	a0k4	figs-explicit	διὰ νόμου	1		Here, by indicates that the law is the standard by which God will judge those who know his law. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to what the law requires” or “by what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
280	ROM	2	13	sw8x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For here indicates that this verse gives the reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “God judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
281	ROM	2	13	a8ra	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου…νόμου	1		See how you translated the law in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
282	ROM	2	13	eg4h	figs-metaphor	οὐ…δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	who are righteous before God	Paul uses with God figuratively here to describe righteous people as if they were located in the presence of God. He means that God makes them right with himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are not made righteous by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
283	ROM	2	13	c1bu	figs-activepassive	οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται	1	who will be justified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will justify the doers of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
284	ROM	2	14	q2id	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	they do not have the law	For here indicates that verses 14–16 give another reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in verse 12. Verses 14–16 explain why Gentiles who do not know God’s law are still sinners. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “God also judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
285	ROM	2	14	vlum	figs-metaphor	τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess the law. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated “without the law” in verse 12. Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
286	ROM	2	14	zhmw	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμον…τοῦ νόμου…νόμον	1		See how you translated the law in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
287	ROM	2	14	h53h	figs-abstractnouns	φύσει…ποιῶσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun nature in another way. Alternate translation: “naturally do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
288	ROM	2	14	atda	figs-possession	τὰ τοῦ νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the specific rules that make up the law. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rules within the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
289	ROM	2	14	symg	figs-personification	ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος	1		Here Paul speaks of Gentiles figuratively as if they were a law. Paul means that the non-Jewish people still have their own rules about what is right and wrong that are also part of God’s law. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in plainly. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying the God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
290	ROM	2	15	xl6v	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	By this they show	Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jewish people obeying some basic rules from the Law of Moses as if they were showing the work of the law to other people. He means that non-Jewish people demonstrate that they naturally understand some rules of the law by obeying those rules. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who make others aware that they understand the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
291	ROM	2	15	wtit	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	By this they show	Here Paul speaks figuratively of the works of the law as if they can be written on the surfaces of peoples’ hearts. He means that God has enabled non-Jewish people to know generally what is right or wrong even though they do not know the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they know the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
292	ROM	2	15	x35c	figs-possession	τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου	1	the actions required by the law are written in their hearts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the work that characterizes obeying the law. This phrase has a similar meaning to “the things of the law” in the previous verse. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the work that the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
293	ROM	2	15	v60q	figs-activepassive	γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God wrote on their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
294	ROM	2	15	ja5s	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1		See how you translated “heart” in 1:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
295	ROM	2	15	jmeo	figs-genericnoun	συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως	1	bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them	Paul uses the singular conscience figuratively to refer to the individual consciences of these people. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “their consciences bearing witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
296	ROM	2	15	z28q	figs-personification	συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως	1	bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them	Here Paul uses conscience figuratively as if it were a person bearing witness in a courtroom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their conscience confirms that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
297	ROM	2	15	ub8t	figs-distinguish	συνμαρτυρούσης…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων	1		This clause explains what bearing witness means. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer or begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “bearing witness, namely, the thoughts of each person both accusing or even defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
298	ROM	2	15	qk53	figs-personification	καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων	1		Here, thoughts are spoken of figuratively as if they were a person who could accuse or defend someone in court. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “by accusing or defending them in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
299	ROM	2	16	o6kx	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, day refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 24-hour length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
300	ROM	2	16	c5fp	figs-explicit	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς	1	on the day when God will judge	Paul assumes that his readers will know that the day when God will judge refers to the time in the future when God will judge everyone, as Paul also mentioned in verses 2 and 5. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future time when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
301	ROM	2	16	lyvd	figs-possession	τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe secrets that men have. These secrets are specifically secret thoughts that people have, as indicated by the word “thoughts” in the previous verse. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men’s secrets” or “the secrets that men keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
302	ROM	2	16	gxet	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of secrets, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what men secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
303	ROM	2	16	r8hz	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term men is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of human beings” or “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
304	ROM	2	16	xb7t	figs-infostructure	κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through Christ Jesus, according to my gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
305	ROM	2	16	e9bp	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the gospel as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the gospel God has entrusted him to preach. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to God’s gospel that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
306	ROM	2	17	lc6m	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	But here indicates that in verses 17–29 Paul changes topics from talking about non-Jewish people who don’t know the Law of Moses to Jews who know the Law. He explains why the Jews as well cannot escape God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
307	ROM	2	17	cnq7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	if you call yourself a Jew	Here, if indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from this verse to verse 21. Paul speaks as if these descriptions of Jews were hypothetical possibilities, but he means that they are actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
308	ROM	2	17	kfe8	figs-youcrowd	σὺ	1		Even though Paul is speaking to Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so you and your and yourself is singular throughout 2:17–27 unless otherwise noted. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your and yourself in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
309	ROM	2	17	pglg	figs-metaphor	σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be Jews. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
310	ROM	2	17	gz6j	figs-ellipsis	ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ,	1	rest upon the law	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, which is God’s judgment of sinners. Alternate translation: “rely upon the law to escape God’s judgment” or “rely upon the law to save you from God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
311	ROM	2	17	dapj	figs-metaphor	καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of God. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
312	ROM	2	18	xn6w	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου,	1	because you have been instructed from the law	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because you are instructed from the law, you know his will and approve of what is excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
313	ROM	2	18	qxkt	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ θέλημα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun will in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
314	ROM	2	18	aqbh	figs-activepassive	κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “others having instructed you from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
315	ROM	2	19	nk76	figs-rpronouns	πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι	1		Paul uses the word yourself to emphasize how convinced the Jews are that they are the only ones who can spiritually guide others. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you have convinced yourself that you alone are a guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
316	ROM	2	19	wi7z	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν	1	you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness	Paul uses guide figuratively to refer to the Jews as if they were the only people who could clearly see. He also uses blind figuratively to refer to non-Jews as if they were unable to see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can teach others God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that you are the only ones who can teach others what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
317	ROM	2	19	beop	figs-abstractnouns	ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of guide, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that you can guide blind men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
318	ROM	2	19	ql0b	figs-gendernotations	τυφλῶν	1		Although the term men is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
319	ROM	2	19	j76c	figs-doublet	ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are unaware of what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
320	ROM	2	19	xlge	figs-metaphor	φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει	1		Here Paul uses light figuratively to refer to a Jewish person, and he uses those in darkness figuratively to refer to non-Jews. He means that the Jews think they can teach non-Jews about God the way that a light shines on people who are in a dark place. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true about God to those who do not know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
321	ROM	2	20	ymey	grammar-connect-logic-result	παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since having in the law the form of the knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of foolish men, a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
322	ROM	2	20	pf6v	figs-doublet	παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the only people who can instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
323	ROM	2	20	ar5a	figs-metaphor	διδάσκαλον νηπίων	1	a teacher of little children	Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were little children. He means that they are ignorant about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “people who are spiritually ignorant” or “people who are like uneducated infants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
324	ROM	2	20	ose0	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the law as if it were a physical shape that someone could possess. He means that the law contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325	ROM	2	20	ua61	figs-possession	τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Paul is using the possessive forms of the knowledge and of the truth to describe the form of the law. Here, of knowledge and of the truth could indicate: (1) what the law contains. Alternate translation: “the form that contains the knowledge and the truth” (2) what the law represents. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
326	ROM	2	20	y6i5	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of knowledge and ** truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
327	ROM	2	21	vy0h	figs-rquestion	ὁ οὖν διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις?	1		In verses 21–23 Paul transitions from his description of the Jews in verses 17–20 to a series of rhetorical questions. These questions emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews, who thought they were superior to non-Jews because they knew the Law of Moses. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then you, who teach another, do not teach yourself! You, who preach not to steal, actually steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
328	ROM	2	21	rftq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		Here, then indicates that what follows is the second half of the factual conditional statement that Paul began with “if you name yourself a Jew” in verse 17. Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. If you divided verses 17–21 into separate sentences, then you may need to include a short form of the “if” statement here. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” or “since all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
329	ROM	2	21	uq9y	grammar-collectivenouns	ἕτερον	1	You who teach others, do you not teach yourself?	Here, another is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
330	ROM	2	21	abq0	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις	1		Here Paul implies that the Jews need to teach themselves because they do not actually obey the laws that they teach. They act as if they do not know the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you don’t obey the law, do you not teach yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
331	ROM	2	22	parm	figs-rquestion	ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς?	1	You who preach against stealing, do you steal?	Like in the previous verse, Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form twice to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You, who says not to commit adultery, actually commit adultery! You, who abhor idols, actually rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
332	ROM	2	22	dmpg	figs-explicit	ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	You who preach against stealing, do you steal?	Here Paul implies that the temples the Jews rob are where idols are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
333	ROM	2	23	z80m	figs-rquestion	ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις	1		Like in the previous two verses, Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You, who boast in the law, actually dishonor God through the transgression of the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
334	ROM	2	23	grr3	figs-metaphor	ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι	1	You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law?	Paul uses in the law figuratively as if it were something that people could boast inside of. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law, which has similar meaning to “boast in God” in verse 17. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
335	ROM	2	23	ob98	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of transgression, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by transgressing the law” or “by breaking the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
336	ROM	2	24	yp4l	figs-infostructure	τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “For, just as it is written, ‘the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles because of you.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
337	ROM	2	24	z54i	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things I have said about you are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
338	ROM	2	24	lk5n	figs-quotemarks	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		In this clause Paul quotes part of Isaiah 52:5. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
339	ROM	2	24	c4sk	figs-possession	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the name that belongs to God. Paul does not mean that God is a name. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
340	ROM	2	24	mvwq	figs-synecdoche	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses the name of God figuratively to refer toGod himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
341	ROM	2	24	ccm9	figs-activepassive	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles blaspheme the name of God because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
342	ROM	2	24	m2bq	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
343	ROM	2	24	pg0g	figs-explicit	δι’ ὑμᾶς	1		Paul quotes Isaiah implying that the bad behavior of the Jews is what causes the Gentiles to blaspheme the name of God. Since the Jews were supposed to represent God to the world, their bad behavior misrepresented God so that the Gentiles blasphemed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
344	ROM	2	24	e144	figs-you	δι’ ὑμᾶς	1		Here, you is the plural and refers to the Jewish people. This is the only occurrence of plural you in verses 17–27. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
345	ROM	2	24	edrf	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
346	ROM	2	24	end9	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		Here Paul uses it is written to indicate a quotation from an Old Testament book (Isaiah 52:5). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
347	ROM	2	25	vdu7	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For here indicates that [verses 25–29] provide another reason why both Jews and Gentiles will be punished for their sins, as stated in verse 12. Paul is arguing against the idea that circumcision guaranteed a Jew’s salvation, which some Jews believed. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jews will be judged along with Gentiles because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
348	ROM	2	25	vp6o	figs-abstractnouns	περιτομὴ…ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of circumcision and uncircumcision, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Alternate translation: “being circumcised … your being circumcised has become being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
349	ROM	2	25	wm24	figs-ellipsis	ὠφελεῖ	1		Paul is leaving out a word here that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “benefits you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
350	ROM	2	25	pqhz	figs-possession	παραβάτης νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who transgresses the law. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “one who transgresses the law” or “one who breaks the law”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
351	ROM	2	25	xq62	figs-hyperbole	ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν	1	your circumcision becomes uncircumcision	Here, your circumcision becomes uncircumcision is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to practice the law. Paul does not mean that the person who transgresses God’s law is no longer physically circumcised. If this would confuse your readers, you express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are not circumcised” or “it is the same as if you were never circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
352	ROM	2	26	vt7f	figs-hypo	ἐὰν οὖν	1	the uncircumcised person	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for the uncircumcised one who keeps the requirements of the law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s suppose then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
353	ROM	2	26	r9i4	figs-nominaladj	ἡ ἀκροβυστία	1	the uncircumcised person	Paul is using the adjective uncircumcision as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
354	ROM	2	26	nf3j	figs-idiom	φυλάσσῃ	1	keeps the requirements of the law	Here, keeps is an idiom that means “obeys.” If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
355	ROM	2	26	mkhr	figs-possession	τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe requirements found in the law. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
356	ROM	2	26	be71	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται	1	will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what the law requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will consider his uncircumcision to be circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
357	ROM	2	26	rjb5	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “will God not consider his circumcision to be circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
358	ROM	2	26	gjuy	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ…περιτομὴν	1		See how you translated these abstract nouns in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
359	ROM	2	27	rkxz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1		And here could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in the previous verse. If you choose the translate the passage in this way, then replace the ending exclamation point with a question mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
360	ROM	2	27	lqz2	grammar-connect-logic-result	κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα	1	And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law?	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
361	ROM	2	27	tpno	figs-nominaladj	ἡ…ἀκροβυστία	1	And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law?	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
362	ROM	2	27	h2lj	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of nature, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the naturally uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
363	ROM	2	27	zwh8	figs-idiom	τελοῦσα	1		Here, fulfilling is an idiom that means “fully obeying.” If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is fully obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
364	ROM	2	27	sv4b	figs-explicit	διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς	1		Here, through could mean: (1) the Jews will be judged despite having the letter and circumcision. Alternate translation: “despite having letter and circumcision” (2) the Jews will be judged while having the letter and circumcision. Alternate translation: “while having letter and circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
365	ROM	2	27	nxa1	figs-metonymy	γράμματος	1		Paul is figuratively describing the law by association with the letters that make up the law. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
366	ROM	2	27	lkll	figs-abstractnouns	περιτομῆς	1		See how you translated this abstract noun in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
367	ROM	2	27	q795	figs-abstractnouns	παραβάτην νόμου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun transgressor with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
368	ROM	2	28	g2vh	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For here indicates that what follows is the reason for what has just been stated. This verse is Paul’s conclusion to the statements he made in verses 25–27. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
369	ROM	2	28	lfuj	figs-metonymy	Ἰουδαῖός	1		Here Paul uses Jew to refer to someone who is one of God’s people because he truly trusts in God for salvation, like Abraham did. Jew here does not refer to someone who only has Jewish ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spiritual Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
370	ROM	2	28	rohy	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ φανερῷ	1		Here, visibly refers to the Jewish religious practices that other people can see, such as circumcision or wearing special clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does externally visible Jewish rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
371	ROM	2	28	n34i	figs-metonymy	ἡ…περιτομή	1	flesh	Here Paul uses circumcision figuratively to refer to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This was called “circumcision of the heart” in the Old Testament (Deuteronomy 30:6; Jeremiah 4:4). Here, circumcision does not refer to the Jewish ritual. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this spiritual circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
372	ROM	2	28	s44m	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκὶ	1	flesh	Paul uses the flesh figuratively to mean “the whole body,” which is made of flesh. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
373	ROM	2	29	b6ag	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος	1		The word translated secretly refers to something that other people cannot see or that is hidden. The meaning here is the opposite of “visibly” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a Jew in an inward way not seen by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
374	ROM	2	29	u7b6	figs-metonymy	Ἰουδαῖος	1		Here Paul uses Jew figuratively in the same way he did in the previous verse. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
375	ROM	2	29	d1go	figs-possession	περιτομὴ καρδίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a circumcision that is performed in the heart. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
376	ROM	2	29	hbiv	figs-idiom	περιτομὴ καρδίας	1		The phrase circumcision of the heart is an idiom that refers to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This expression first occurred in the Old Testament (Deuteronomy 30:6; Jeremiah 4:4).If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated “this circumcision” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
377	ROM	2	29	n4pp	figs-metonymy	καρδίας	1		See how you translated this word in 1:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
378	ROM	2	29	ffa3	figs-explicit	ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι	1		Here, both occurrences of in indicate the means by which something happened. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit, not by means of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
379	ROM	2	29	kjc9	figs-explicit	ἐν Πνεύματι	1		Here, the Spirit could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, who changes a person’s thoughts and attitude when God saves that person, as in the UST. (2) a person’s spirit, which would require interpreting in to refer to a place. Alternate translation: “in one’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
380	ROM	2	29	gcoq	figs-metonymy	γράμματι	1		See how you translated letter in verse 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
381	ROM	2	29	dlac	writing-pronouns	οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος	1	in the Spirit	The pronoun whose refers to the one who is inwardly a Jew. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that inward Jew’s praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
382	ROM	2	29	qa6b	figs-possession	οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος	1	in the Spirit	Paul is using the possessive form whose to indicate who receives the praise. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “his praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
383	ROM	2	29	r4gm	figs-gendernotations	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	in the Spirit	Although the term men is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
384	ROM	3	intro	y2kb			0		Romans 3 General Notes Structure and formatting All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20) All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32) All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8) Everyone has sinned (3:9–20) Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21) God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26) No one can boast in works (3:27–31) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10–18 of this chapter, which are quotations from the Old Testament. Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical Questions In verses 1–9 and 27–31 Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying. You may need to indicate that Paul is asking these questions as if he were a non-Christian Jew responding to his arguments. When Paul asks the rhetorical questions, he is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. When Paul answers those questions, he is speaking as himself. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this change in speakers with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
385	ROM	3	1	v788			0	Connecting Statement:	In verses 1–9 Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions and answers in order to emphasize that both “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.”
386	ROM	3	1	a1l0	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1		Here, then indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in 2:28–29. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then what is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
387	ROM	3	1	dawv	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς?	1		This verse contains two rhetorical questions connected by or. Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in 2:28–29. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the Jew certainly has no advantage, and circumcision certainly has no benefit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
388	ROM	3	1	b7ls	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς	1		In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
389	ROM	3	1	bjfo	figs-abstractnouns	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of advantage or benefit, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew advantageous, or how is being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
390	ROM	3	1	h4h3	figs-possession	τοῦ Ἰουδαίου	1		Paul is using the possessive form of the Jew to describe for whom there is the advantage. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
391	ROM	3	1	l79f	figs-possession	τῆς περιτομῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form of the circumcision to describe from where the benefit comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
392	ROM	3	2	eq3o	figs-explicit	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1	It is great in every way	In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Great in every way!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
393	ROM	3	2	rri9	figs-ellipsis	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1	It is great in every way	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
394	ROM	3	2	kzlh	figs-hyperbole	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1		Great in every way is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize the value of being Jewish and being circumcised. Paul does not mean that everything about being a Jew and being circumcised is beneficial. If your readers would misunderstand thus, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “Great in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
395	ROM	3	2	f2fa	figs-explicit	πρῶτον μὲν…ὅτι	1		Here, indeed first, that could indicate that: (1) what follows is the first reason in a list of several reasons why being a Jew is beneficial, in which case Paul does not continue the list in this chapter. Alternate translation: “the first of many benefits is indeed that” or “one benefit is indeed that” (2) what follows is the most important reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Alternate translation: “the primary benefit is indeed that” or “the most important thing is indeed that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
396	ROM	3	2	mrej	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them with the sayings of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
397	ROM	3	2	jkgk	figs-metonymy	τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the sayings of God could refer to: (1) the entire Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with what God said in the Scriptures” (2) direct speech from God in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with the messages that God announced to them in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
398	ROM	3	2	qide	figs-possession	τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the possessive form of God could refer to: (1) sayings that came from God. Alternate translation: “with the sayings from God” (2) says that are about God. Alternate translation: “with the sayings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
399	ROM	3	3	d9k3	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		For here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
400	ROM	3	3	mclv	figs-rquestion	τί…εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει?	1		In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But some of them were unfaithful! Their unfaithfulness surely cannot nullify the faithfulness of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
401	ROM	3	3	fd0w	figs-quotemarks	τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει?	1		In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
402	ROM	3	3	i36p	writing-pronouns	τινες	1		The pronoun some refers to some Jewish people. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
403	ROM	3	3	pkae	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of unfaithfulness or faithfulness, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “The fact that they are unfaithful will not nullify God’s faithful acts, will it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
404	ROM	3	3	moq7	figs-possession	τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the faithfulness that characterizes God. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the faithfulness that characterizes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
405	ROM	3	4	djn7	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
406	ROM	3	4	z465	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	May it never be is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
407	ROM	3	4	kz4j	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Instead, let be found	Instead here indicates that what follows is a contrast to the idea in the previous verse that unfaithful Jews could “nullify the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
408	ROM	3	4	ld9h	figs-imperative	γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής	1	let God be found to be true	Here, let God be true is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always truthful regardless of what people think. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is true” or “may people always declare that God is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
409	ROM	3	4	nud9	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης	1	even though every man is a liar	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of liar, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “every man lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
410	ROM	3	4	fesk	figs-ellipsis	πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης	1		Paul is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “let every man be a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
411	ROM	3	4	hfdf	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the term man is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
412	ROM	3	4	te39	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it has been written	See how you translated this phrase in 1:17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
413	ROM	3	4	b8gv	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it has been written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by David, a king of Israel. Alternate translation: “just as King David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
414	ROM	3	4	f0oq	figs-quotemarks	ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1	As it has been written	This sentence is a quotation from Psalm 51:4. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
415	ROM	3	4	xli0	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅπως	1		So that indicates that what follows is the result of what David had written previously in Psalm 51:4, which is about how David had sinned. Paul assumes that his readers would be familiar with the earlier part of that verse. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have sinned so that” or “Because of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
416	ROM	3	4	h0ne	figs-you	ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1		In this sentence, you and your refer to God and are singular. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
417	ROM	3	4	lnnr	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself to be righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
418	ROM	3	4	tj8g	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου	1		Paul records David using words figuratively to describe the things that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
419	ROM	3	5	gw3a	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰ δὲ	1		But here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement that Paul made in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If indeed that is true” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
420	ROM	3	5	putf	figs-quotemarks	εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν?	1		In these sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
421	ROM	3	5	hjyp	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ…ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν?	1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument that an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God. Then what will we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
422	ROM	3	5	y6vv	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν	1		Here, our and we are used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
423	ROM	3	5	y0r5	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind unrighteousness and righteousness in another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
424	ROM	3	5	ho67	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν?	1		In this sentence Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. This sentence is also the answer to the hypothetical question that precedes it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly cannot be unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
425	ROM	3	5	v30z	figs-infostructure	εἰ…ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν?	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the hypothetical conditional statement of the first sentence with the rhetorical question of the second sentence. Alternate translation: “if our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God, then we certainly cannot say that God is unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
426	ROM	3	5	e9ux	figs-metonymy	τὴν ὀργήν	1		Here Paul uses wrath figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s wrath, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of wrath in 1:18. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
427	ROM	3	5	j631	figs-aside	(κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.)	1	I am using a human argument	Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge the righteousness of God. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
428	ROM	3	5	sd4g	figs-idiom	(κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.)	1		Here, the phrase according to men is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I speak based on how human beings perceive things” or “I speak according to mere human reasoning”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
429	ROM	3	6	gd5f	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	See how you translated this in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
430	ROM	3	6	zg9s	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1	For then how would God judge the world?	Here Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing his wrath,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were unrighteous, how would he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
431	ROM	3	6	x1y3	figs-rquestion	πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1		In this clause Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to emphasize that God could not judge the world if he were unrighteous. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly could not judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
432	ROM	3	6	lnp3	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	the world	Here Paul uses world figuratively to refer to the people who live in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
433	ROM	3	7	htfa			0	General Information:	In verses 7–9, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in verse 6. A note will inform you of the one parenthetic statement within these verses in which Paul interjects his own voice into the argument.
434	ROM	3	7	b9k1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰ δὲ	1	But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner?	But here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in the previous verse. See how you translated this in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
435	ROM	3	7	c2u5	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ…ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι	1	But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner?	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose the truth of God through my life abounds to his glory. Then why am I still being judged as a sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
436	ROM	3	7	xysz	figs-infostructure	εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
437	ROM	3	7	j9ji	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of truth, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
438	ROM	3	7	lbji	figs-possession	ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the truth that characterizes God. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Alternate translation: “God’s truthfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
439	ROM	3	7	fa7j	figs-exclusive	ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		Here Paul uses the pronoun my and I to refer to a Jewish person who might give this hypothetical response. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
440	ROM	3	7	o3po	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lie, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
441	ROM	3	7	je41	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		Here, to indicates that this is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
442	ROM	3	7	h61j	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
443	ROM	3	7	yv5j	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι	1		In this clause Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse, which was also repeated in the previous clause. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “surely I should not still be judged as a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
444	ROM	3	7	iiqc	figs-activepassive	ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep on judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
445	ROM	3	7	pgus	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sinner, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I were sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
446	ROM	3	8	vw1x	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	as we are falsely reported to say	And here indicates that in this verse Paul continues speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement he made in verse 6. If it would help your readers, you could state this with a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” or “In addition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
447	ROM	3	8	kb9d	figs-infostructure	καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά?	1	as we are falsely reported to say	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
448	ROM	3	8	wr3g	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μὴ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
449	ROM	3	8	pr4u	figs-rquestion	μὴ…ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά	1		In this sentence Paul is not asking for information, but is using an elided question here to emphasize that God could not judge the world if he were unrighteous. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should say … ‘Let us do the evil things, so that the good things may come!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
450	ROM	3	8	o3pz	figs-aside	καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν	1		Paul is saying this as an aside in order to show that people have been falsely accusing him of teaching that people should sin in order to show how good God is. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “Some people blaspheme us and affirm that we are saying such things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
451	ROM	3	8	veic	figs-exclusive	βλασφημούμεθα…ἡμᾶς	1		When Paul says we and us, he could be (1) speaking only of himself in a formal manner. Alternate translation: “I am blasphemed … me” (2) speaking of himself and all other Christians. Alternate translation: “we Christians are blasphemed … us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
452	ROM	3	8	klaa	figs-activepassive	βλασφημούμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people blaspheme us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
453	ROM	3	8	vbpa	figs-quotations	μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “not say (just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say) that we should do the evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
454	ROM	3	8	pe2c	figs-aside	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		Paul is saying this as an aside in order to show that the people who have been falsely accusing him of teaching people to “do the evil things, so that the good things may come” deserve to be judged by God. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
455	ROM	3	8	re0k	writing-pronouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		The pronoun whose here refers to the people who slander Paul by claiming that he teaches people to “do the evil things, so that the good things may come.” If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the judgment of those who say this is just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
456	ROM	3	8	g87e	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who are justly judged” or “whom God justly judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
457	ROM	3	9	z3wu	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα?	1		Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase What then. See how you translated this phrase in verse 1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
458	ROM	3	9	y6uz	figs-rquestion	προεχόμεθα?	1		Paul is using the question form to express the objection that a Jew might have to what Paul has said previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely we are not better off!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
459	ROM	3	9	ajj8	figs-exclusive	προεχόμεθα	1		Here, we is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
460	ROM	3	9	g85q	figs-exclamations	οὐ πάντως	1	Not at all	Not at all is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative response to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
461	ROM	3	9	cbgq	figs-ellipsis	οὐ πάντως	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
462	ROM	3	9	a01e	grammar-connect-logic-result	προῃτιασάμεθα γὰρ	1	Not at all	For here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We are not better off because we have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
463	ROM	3	9	qvjy	figs-exclusive	προῃτιασάμεθα	1	Not at all	Here, we could mean: (1) Paul is speaking only of himself in a formal manner. Alternate translation: “I have already accused” (2) Paul is speaking of himself and other Christians. Alternate translation: “we Christians have already accused” See how you translated we in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
464	ROM	3	9	hgs3	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνας	1	Not at all	Here, Greeks refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
465	ROM	3	9	x4eb	figs-idiom	ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν	1		The phrase under sin is an idiom that means “under the power of sin” or “controlled by one’s desire to sin.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlled by sin” or “ruled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
466	ROM	3	10	m5r6	figs-litany		0	General Information:	In verses 10–18 Paul uses Old Testament quotations as a repetitive series of sentences in order to show how evil all types of people are. In verses 10–12 he emphasizes the general nature of their evil conduct by repeating the word none four times, and the phrase not even one twice. In verses 13–18 he uses specific examples of their evil conduct. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the accusations against humanity. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
467	ROM	3	10	u88n	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	This is as it is written	See how you translated this phrase in 1:17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
468	ROM	3	10	zkzr	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	This is as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
469	ROM	3	10	ju1k	figs-quotemarks	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1	This is as it is written	This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of Psalm 14:3. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
470	ROM	3	10	yt5d	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that not even one type of person is righteous. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who is righteous” or “Absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
471	ROM	3	10	bscu	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1		Paul is using the singular adjectives none righteous and one as nouns in order to describe all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
472	ROM	3	11	b0m7	figs-quotemarks	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν	1		This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of Psalm 14:2 and Psalm 53:3. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
473	ROM	3	11	kqs5	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν	1		Paul is using the adjectives none as nouns in order to describe all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
474	ROM	3	11	h9e9	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων	1	There is no one who understands	Here, who understands refers to someone who is able to think wisely or correctly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is none who is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
475	ROM	3	11	mn84	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν	1		Her, Paul quotes David usingseeks figuratively to describe people attempting to know God as if God were lost and people needed to find him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who attempts to know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
476	ROM	3	12	lg0i	figs-quotemarks	πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός	1	They have all turned away	This sentence is quotation of Psalm 14:3 and Psalm 53:4. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
477	ROM	3	12	cen3	figs-metaphor	ἐξέκλιναν	1	They have all turned away	Paul quotes David using turned away figuratively to describe these people as if they had left a path that leads to where God is. David means that they refuse to live according to God’s rules. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
478	ROM	3	12	a72h	figs-explicit	ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν	1	They have all turned away	Here, useless implies that these sinful people are so sinful that they do not benefit God or humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “They together became worthless for benefitting anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
479	ROM	3	12	na87	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that not even one type of person can continually do kindness. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who does kindness” or “Absolutely no one who is doing kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
480	ROM	3	12	v9ed	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ…ἑνός	1		See how you translated none and one in verse 10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
481	ROM	3	12	b3g1	figs-abstractnouns	χρηστότητα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of kindness, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
482	ROM	3	13	xr4g	figs-quotemarks	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν	1		These two sentences are a quotation from Psalm 5:10. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
483	ROM	3	13	c7rh	figs-parallelism	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1		These three sentences mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing three times, in slightly different ways, to show how harmful the words are that these people say. If saying the same thing three times might confuse your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
484	ROM	3	13	nmrs	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1		Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s throats in general, not of one particular throat. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “throats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
485	ROM	3	13	sx6y	figs-metonymy	ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1		Here Paul quotes David using throat figuratively to describe something people would say by using their throats to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
486	ROM	3	13	bbq5	figs-metaphor	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1	Their throat is an open grave	Paul quotes David using opened grave figuratively to describe these people’s throat as if it were a deep hole containing rotting corpses. He means that the things these people say are morally corrupt and offend God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Their throats express moral corruption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
487	ROM	3	13	pemg	figs-metonymy	ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν	1		Here Paul quotes David using tongues figuratively to describe something people would say to deceive someone by using their tongues to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
488	ROM	3	13	d82g	figs-quotemarks	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1		This sentence is a quotation from Psalm 140:3. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
489	ROM	3	13	b4bp	figs-possession	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe poison that comes from asps, which are venomous snakes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
490	ROM	3	13	qk16	figs-metaphor	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων	1	The poison of snakes is under their lips	Paul quotes David using poison of asps figuratively to refer to what people say as if what they say contained poison. He means that the things they say harm people like deadly venom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “What hurts people like a poisonous snake bite” or “Speech that hurts people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
491	ROM	3	13	u40o	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1	The poison of snakes is under their lips	Here Paul quotes David using lips figuratively to describe something people would say to harm someone by using their lips to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
492	ROM	3	14	ucnr	figs-quotemarks	ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		This sentence is a quotation from Psalm 10:7. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
493	ROM	3	14	ujjd	figs-genericnoun	τὸ στόμα	1		Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s mouths in general, not of one particular mouth. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “mouths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
494	ROM	3	14	sqr5	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ στόμα	1	Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness	Here Paul quotes David using mouth figuratively to describe people speaking curses and bitter things by using their mouth to say them. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
495	ROM	3	14	j0sg	figs-metaphor	ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		Paul quotes David using cursing and bitterness figuratively as if these concepts were thins with which people could fill or load their mouth. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “habitually curses and says bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
496	ROM	3	15	e67d	figs-quotemarks		0	General Information:	Verses 15–17 are Paul’s paraphrase of Isaiah 59:7–8. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
497	ROM	3	15	vds1	figs-synecdoche	οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν	1	Their feet are swift to pour out blood	Paul quotes Isaiah using feet, a part of the human body, to refer to the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
498	ROM	3	15	quph	figs-metaphor	ἐκχέαι αἷμα	1		Paul quotes Isaiah using pour out blood figuratively to refer to violently murdering people, which usually causes blood to come out of the people who are murdered. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to murder others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
499	ROM	3	16	bc96	figs-abstractnouns	σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of Destruction and suffering, you could express the same ideas with other expressions. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
500	ROM	3	16	rrgr	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1		Here, ways is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they behave.” It refers to a person’s daily life. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
501	ROM	3	17	zbrd	figs-idiom	ὁδὸν	1		See how you translated “ways” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
502	ROM	3	17	jb6b	figs-possession	ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	a way of peace	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a way that is characterized by peace. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
503	ROM	3	18	wr0x	figs-quotemarks	οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1		This sentence is a quotation from Psalm 36:1. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
504	ROM	3	18	bx27	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ	1	There is no fear of God before their eyes	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of fear, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They are not afraid of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
505	ROM	3	18	frt1	figs-possession	φόβος Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe fear that people should feel toward for God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “fear for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
506	ROM	3	18	m89o	figs-idiom	ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1		Here,before their eyes is an idiom that refers to thinking about something. Paul means that these people do not think at all about how terrifying God is. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
507	ROM	3	19	lrdp	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Now here indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about the law and “the righteousness of God” in verses 1–9. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
508	ROM	3	19	gc8t	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1		Here, we is used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
509	ROM	3	19	e8h2	figs-personification	ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ	1	whatever the law says, it speaks	Here Paul speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in the law, he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
510	ROM	3	19	n399	figs-metonymy	ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ	1	the ones who are under the law	Here Paul uses the law figuratively to refer to the entire Old Testament, which includes the law. Here he is not referring to only the Law of Moses, as he did earlier in the chapter. We know this because in verses 10–18 Paul quoted verses from parts of the Old Testament that are not in the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
511	ROM	3	19	b0g5	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		Paul uses those with the law to refer to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in 2:12. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those who know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
512	ROM	3	19	end8	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, so that introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
513	ROM	3	19	cy5r	figs-idiom	πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ	1		Here, every mouth may be shut is an idiom that means “no one can say anything to excuse themselves.” Paul means that no one can defend themselves before God because everyone has sinned. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no human beings can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
514	ROM	3	19	js71	figs-activepassive	φραγῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may stop talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
515	ROM	3	19	w12y	figs-synecdoche	πᾶς ὁ κόσμος	1	the whole world held accountable to God	Paul usesall the world figuratively to refer to all the people living in the world. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
516	ROM	3	19	wwq3	figs-explicit	ὑπόδικος γένηται…τῷ Θεῷ	1		The phrase may become accountable to God means that God will judge everyone at the final judgment according to how they lived their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
517	ROM	3	20	ezbo	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι	1		Here. because introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God,” as stated in the previous verse. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. You may need to begin a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
518	ROM	3	20	vzot	figs-activepassive	οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will not justify any flesh” or “God will not make any flesh righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
519	ROM	3	20	xs9x	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ	1	flesh	Paul uses flesh figuratively to refer to a human being, who is made of flesh. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
520	ROM	3	20	d6vi	figs-personification	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		In this verse Paul speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a person who could justify someone or give them full awareness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God gives full awareness of sin through his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
521	ROM	3	20	w5qb	figs-possession	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in 2:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
522	ROM	3	20	i7zi	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου…νόμου	1		In this verse law is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. It does not refer to the entire Old Testament, as in the previous verse. See how you translated this use of law in 2:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
523	ROM	3	20	llh9	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1		Here, before him is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
524	ROM	3	20	xgpp	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of full awareness and sin, you could express the same ideas in different way. Alternate translation: “fully aware of being sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
525	ROM	3	20	aety	figs-possession	ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe full awareness about the sin a person has committed. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “full knowledge about sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
526	ROM	3	20	jdw9	figs-explicit	διὰ…νόμου	1		Here, through law indicates the means by which a person becomes fully aware of sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
527	ROM	3	21	fqz4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1		But now here indicates that what follows is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about the law in 2:1–3:20. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Yet now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
528	ROM	3	21	y3te	figs-infostructure	νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται	1	now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
529	ROM	3	21	e5ky	figs-explicit	νόμου…τοῦ νόμου	1	now	While the first occurrence of the law in this verse refers to the laws that God gave the Jews through Moses, the second occurrence refers to the first five books in the Old Testament that were written by Moses. The ULT shows this different by using the law and the Law respectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the laws God gave Israel … the part of Scripture that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
530	ROM	3	21	nlj0	figs-possession	χωρὶς νόμου	1		Here, apart from the law could mean: (1) apart from doing what the law requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what the law requires” (2) outside of what the law says. Alternate translation: “not related to what the law says” or “differently than what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
531	ROM	3	21	e4qe	figs-activepassive	δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται	1	apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has made his righteousness visible” or “God has revealed his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
532	ROM	3	21	qkis	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in 1:17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
533	ROM	3	21	gvca	figs-activepassive	μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Law and the Prophets bearing witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
534	ROM	3	21	tnf8	figs-personification	μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets	Here Paul uses the Law and the Prophets figuratively as if they were people who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says in the Law and the Prophets is a written testimony to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
535	ROM	3	21	bgyx	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1		Paul is using the name of two parts of the Hebrew Scriptures, the Law and the Prophets, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
536	ROM	3	22	pec5	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, but indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God”. It does not indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
537	ROM	3	22	cvhy	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
538	ROM	3	22	q4m1	figs-possession	διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, faith in Jesus Christ is a possessive form that indicates faith that is associated with Jesus Christ. This could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness that Jesus Christ possesses” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
539	ROM	3	22	c4mg	figs-ellipsis	τοὺς πιστεύοντας	1		Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “those who believe in him” or “those who believe in Jesus for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
540	ROM	3	22	o6qe	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		Here, for introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why the righteousness of God is for all those who believe. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
541	ROM	3	22	daa3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of distinction, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
542	ROM	3	23	x1hu	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For here introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
543	ROM	3	23	akn9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		Here Paul uses the adjective all as a noun that refers to all the people who have existed or will exist. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
544	ROM	3	23	jbe9	figs-metaphor	ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of all people as if they were something that fails to reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain the glory of God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “lack the glory of God” or “fail to attain the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
545	ROM	3	23	vwsf	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here the possessive form the glory of God could refer to: (1) the glory that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned. Alternate translation: “the glory God once gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God, as in the similar phrase “the glory of the imperishable God” in 1:23. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
546	ROM	3	24	ibi2	figs-personification	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι	1		Here, grace is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could justify someone. Paul means that God graciously makes people righteous as a gift. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and are gifted with becoming righteous because God is gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
547	ROM	3	24	evs8	figs-explicit	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν	1		Paul assumes that his readers know that those who are being justified freely are “all” those who “have sinned” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all people are being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
548	ROM	3	24	jgcu		δωρεὰν	1		Alternate translation: “as a gift” or “without payment”
549	ROM	3	24	atij	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of grace and redemption, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “by God being gracious through redeeming them in Christ Jesus” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
550	ROM	3	24	hyeb	figs-explicit	ἀπολυτρώσεως	1		The word translated as redemption refers to rescuing someone from captivity by paying a ransom. Your language may require you to indicate what the people are redeemed from. This could mean: (1) Jesus redeems people from eternal punishment. Alternative translation: “redemption from eternal punishment” (2) Jesus redeems people from being enslaved to sin. Alternative translation: “redemption from enslavement to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
551	ROM	3	24	lno6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks figuratively of redemption as if it were an object that could be inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all people who believe in Jesus by uniting them to Christ Jesus. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
552	ROM	3	25	ci0v	figs-metaphor	ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον	1		Here Paul uses presented figuratively as if Jesus were an Old Testament atonement sacrifice that was presented to God in the temple. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humankind. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553	ROM	3	25	t2d8	figs-abstractnouns	ἱλαστήριον, διὰ πίστεως…εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of propitiation, faith, demonstration, or righteousness, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “to atone for people’s sins by trusting … to demonstrate how he makes people righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
554	ROM	3	25	m159	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι	1	in his blood	Here Paul uses his blood figuratively to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in Christ’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
555	ROM	3	25	ieq9	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἔνδειξιν	1	disregard	Here, for indicates that the phrase that follows is the purpose for which God presented Jesus as a propitiation. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to demonstrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
556	ROM	3	25	ze9m	figs-possession	τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated “the righteousness of God” in 1:17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
557	ROM	3	25	siri	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of overlooking, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “because he overlooked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
558	ROM	3	25	ydoj	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sin, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “how they had sinned previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
559	ROM	3	26	b2f6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν	1		Here, in introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason for God “overlooking of the sins that happened previously,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
560	ROM	3	26	lm1r	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of forbearance, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is so forbearing” or “since God forbears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
561	ROM	3	26	cg55	figs-possession	ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus	Paul is using the possessive form to describe God who is characterized by forbearance. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
562	ROM	3	26	b1xa	figs-possession	πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
563	ROM	3	26	v1c9		ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ	1		Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently”
564	ROM	3	26	jjwq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν	1		Here, so that indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates his righteousness. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
565	ROM	3	26	x6cf	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		Paul is speaking of all people who have faith in Jesus, not one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who is from faith in Jesus” or “every person who trusts in Jesus”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
566	ROM	3	26	qdkw	figs-possession	τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		Here Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who is characterized by faith in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is characterized by faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
567	ROM	3	26	ab0w	figs-possession	πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
568	ROM	3	27	emwi			0	Connecting Statement:	In verses 27–31 Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions and answers in order to emphasize that God alone makes people righteous through faith in Jesus. Like in verses 1–9, Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew when he asks the rhetorical questions, but he is speaking as himself when he answers those questions.
569	ROM	3	27	e0wc	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		Here, then indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in verses 21–26. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If it is God who makes people righteous through faith in Jesus, then where is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
570	ROM	3	27	fjm4	figs-rquestion	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις?	1	Where then is boasting? It is excluded	Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in verses 21–26. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There then is no grounds for boasting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
571	ROM	3	27	mvs0	figs-metaphor	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of boasting as if it were an object that could be in a location. He means that no one can boast because only God makes people righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Then can anyone boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
572	ROM	3	27	pub7	figs-abstractnouns	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of boasting, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
573	ROM	3	27	px29	figs-explicit	ἐξεκλείσθη	1		In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical question in the previous sentence. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘It is excluded!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
574	ROM	3	27	eufl	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκλείσθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has excluded it” or “God does not allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
575	ROM	3	27	v3ut	figs-ellipsis	διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων?…διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1	On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith	Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Through what kind of law is a person made righteous? Is a person made righteous through the works of the law? … a person made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
576	ROM	3	27	dpny	figs-rquestion	διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων?	1		In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous sentence and in verses 21–26. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely through a kind of law! Surely through the works!” or “Surely a person is made righteous through a kind of law! Surely a person is made righteous through works!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
577	ROM	3	27	bgyy	figs-possession	τῶν ἔργων?	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a law that is characterized by works. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Through a law characterized by works?” or “By doing what the law requires?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
578	ROM	3	27	h9wb	figs-explicit	οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1		In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘No! But through a law of faith.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
579	ROM	3	27	tg79	figs-exclamations	οὐχί	1		No! is an exclamation that communicates a strong contrast to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Not at all!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
580	ROM	3	27	ynz1	figs-possession	διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a law that is characterized by faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “through a law characterized by faith” or “by doing what faith requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
581	ROM	3	27	mlcq	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
582	ROM	3	28	qe9p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		For here indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
583	ROM	3	28	jtqq	figs-exclusive	λογιζόμεθα	1		Here, we is used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Christian Jews, as indicated in verse 9. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
584	ROM	3	28	t8um	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	a person is justified by faith	Although the term man is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “humankind” or “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
585	ROM	3	28	ph88	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “that God justifies a man” or “that God makes a man righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
586	ROM	3	28	jb14	figs-abstractnouns	πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
587	ROM	3	28	s747	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου	1	without works of the law	See how you translated “apart from the law” in verse 21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
588	ROM	3	28	ycx2	figs-possession	ἔργων νόμου	1	without works of the law	Paul is using the possessive form to refer to the works that God requires in the law. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
589	ROM	3	29	hdbq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1		Or here indicates that the next two sentences are the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or you Jews might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
590	ROM	3	29	ineu	figs-ellipsis	οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Is he not also God of Gentiles? Yes, he is also God of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
591	ROM	3	29	m8eo	figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν…ἐθνῶν	1		See how you translated this word in 1:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
592	ROM	3	29	ch7p	figs-rquestion	Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God is surely not only the God of Jews! He is surely also the God of Gentiles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
593	ROM	3	29	rq5m	figs-explicit	ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν	1		In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Yes, also of Gentiles’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
594	ROM	3	29	gp74	figs-exclamations	ναὶ	1		Yes is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Of course!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
595	ROM	3	30	vur7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴπερ	1		Paul uses if as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
596	ROM	3	30	qdiu	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἴπερ	1		This phrase introduces the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that God is also the God of the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “since, indeed” or “we know this is true because, indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
597	ROM	3	30	ux30	figs-metaphor	εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		Paul speaks figuratively of God as if he were a number. He means that God is the one and only true God for both Jews and Gentiles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
598	ROM	3	30	rjxp	figs-distinguish	ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		This phrase gives us further information about who God is. It is not making a distinction between the one true God and false gods. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through the same faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
599	ROM	3	30	kw62	grammar-collectivenouns	περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν	1	he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith	The words circumcision and uncircumcision are singular nouns that refers to groups of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the circumcised people … the uncircumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
600	ROM	3	30	gk5d	figs-metonymy	περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν	1	he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith	Here Paul uses the circumcision figuratively to refer to the Jews by associating them with circumcision, and he uses the uncircumcision figuratively to refer to the Gentiles by associating them with uncircumcision. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people … the non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
601	ROM	3	30	s9i4	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse 26. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
602	ROM	3	31	vj40	grammar-connect-words-phrases	νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold	Here, then indicates that this sentence is the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then you Jews might say, ‘Do we nullify the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
603	ROM	3	31	y6qx	figs-rquestion	νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1	we uphold the law	Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express the response that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we surely nullify the law through the same faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
604	ROM	3	31	nzr7	figs-exclusive	οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold	Here, we is used exclusively to speak of the unbelieving Jews whom Paul is speaking on behalf of. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we Jews then nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
605	ROM	3	31	cw0k	figs-explicit	νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1		Here, nullify the law means to make the law useless or no longer applicable to anyone. Paul is stating that the Jews might worry that he is teaching that the Law of Moses does not have any function at all because God makes people righteous by faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do we make the law useless” or “Do we throw away the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
606	ROM	3	31	aj6s	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
607	ROM	3	31	pjgc	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο! ἀλλὰ νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		In these two sentences Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous sentence. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be! Instead, we establish the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
608	ROM	3	31	rhy5	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse 6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
609	ROM	3	31	ppvo	figs-exclusive	νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		Here, we is used exclusively to refer to Paul and other Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Christians uphold the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
610	ROM	3	31	c295	figs-metaphor	νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		Paul uses uphold figuratively to refer to the law as if it were an object that people could hold up high. The meaning of uphold here is the opposite meaning of nullify earlier in the verse. It could mean: (1) Christians fulfill the requirements of the law by trusting in Jesus, who fulfilled the law for them. Alternate translation: “we fulfill the law by faith” (2) Christians value the law and affirm that it is useful. Alternative translation: “we confirm that the law is useful” or “we affirm that the law has value”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
611	ROM	4	intro	f9jc			0		Romans 4 General Notes Structure and formatting Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21) God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26) No one can boast in works (3:27–31) The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7–8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The purpose of the law of Moses In this chapter Paul continues to develop his argument based on what he wrote in the previous chapter. He explains how God made Abraham, the ancestor of all Jews, righteous a long time before God gave the Jews the Law of Moses. Even Abraham could not become righteous by what he did. Rather, God made Abraham righteous on the basis of Abraham’s faith. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person righteous. People have always become righteous only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) Circumcision Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, being circumcised never made anyone righteous. In this chapter Paul uses “circumcision” to refer to Jews and “uncircumcision” to refer to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical Questions In verses 1, 3, and 9–10 Paul continues using rhetorical questions like he did in the previous chapter. He does this in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying.
612	ROM	4	1	q7wc			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–12 are a series of rhetorical questions and answers that Paul uses to emphasize that even Abraham, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made righteous by God “through faith.”
613	ROM	4	1	gxv3	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1		Here, then indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in 3:27–31. See how you translated What then in 3:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
614	ROM	4	1	gw29	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα?	1		In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in 3:27–31. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, has surely discovered something!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
615	ROM	4	1	rhrp	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα?	1		In this verse and the first part of the next verse, Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
616	ROM	4	1	s4b5	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν	1		In verses 1–9 Paul uses we exclusively to speak of himself and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
617	ROM	4	1	ot88	figs-infostructure	εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
618	ROM	4	1	fk5t	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα	1		See how you translated according to the flesh in 1:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
619	ROM	4	2	pmua	figs-quotemarks	εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα	1		These clauses continue the the statements that a Jew might have to against Paul that began in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of these clauses or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
620	ROM	4	2	ka9b	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For here indicates that what follows is a the reason for the statement in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This must be the case because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
621	ROM	4	2	oe12	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that the unbelieving Jew might think that this is actually true. In Paul’s time some Jewish teachers taught that Abraham had a right to boast because of his faith. However, since translating this as if it were true might confuse your readers, it is best to use a hypothetical sentence, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
622	ROM	4	2	wvmh	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God justified Abraham” or “God made Abraham right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
623	ROM	4	2	sibe	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων	1		Paul assumes that his readers would understand that worksmeans “works of the law” as in 3:28. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
624	ROM	4	2	mefy	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν	1		In this clause Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous clauses and previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘But not before God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
625	ROM	4	2	me3d	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν.	1		What follows the word but here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Paul is negating the argument that he presented earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not before God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
626	ROM	4	2	z9wx	figs-metaphor	πρὸς Θεόν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he were located in the presence of God. He means that Abraham could not boast to God about his righteousness if it was righteous by works. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
627	ROM	4	3	w9i5	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For what does the scripture say	For here indicates that what follows in this verse is the reason why Paul said in the previous verse that Abraham cannot boast “before God.” Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. Alternative translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
628	ROM	4	3	hih3	figs-rquestion	τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the scripture surely says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
629	ROM	4	3	g1wz	figs-personification	τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here Paul uses say figuratively as if the scripture were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information related to the topic he is discussing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what information is in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
630	ROM	4	3	r9te	writing-quotations	τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει?	1		Here Paul uses what does the scripture say to indicate a quotation from an Old Testament book (Genesis 15:6). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what is written in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
631	ROM	4	3	xdtx	figs-explicit	ἡ Γραφὴ	1		Here, the scripture refers specifically to the quotation from Genesis 15:6 that follows in this verse. It does not refer to the Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scripture that Moses wrote in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
632	ROM	4	3	smc6	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	it was counted to him as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God counted it to him as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
633	ROM	4	3	az65	writing-pronouns	ἐλογίσθη	1	it was counted to him as righteousness	The pronoun it refers to Abraham’s faith, which was implied by the statement that Abraham believed God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his faith was counted” or “his trust in God was counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
634	ROM	4	3	qked	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
635	ROM	4	4	ihul	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Now here indicates that what follows in verses 4–5 is an explanation of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
636	ROM	4	4	oojx	figs-extrainfo	τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ	1		Here, the one who works refers to a hypothetical person who obeys the laws God gave through Moses and is “made righteous by works” (see verse 2). However, since the meaning of verses 4–5 is given in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
637	ROM	4	4	dsl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν	1	what he is paid is not counted as a gift	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
638	ROM	4	4	xo4x		κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα	1		Alternate translation: “as a matter of grace … as a matter of obligation” or “as a gift … as an obligation”
639	ROM	4	4	ossx	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of grace and obligation, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
640	ROM	4	5	ynp2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Now here indicates that what follows in this verse is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
641	ROM	4	5	j3ir	figs-explicit	τῷ…μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ	1		Here, the one who does not work refers to a person who does not obey the laws God gave through Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the one who is does not obey God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
642	ROM	4	5	fezj	figs-explicit	τὸν δικαιοῦντα	1		Here, the one who makes righteous refers to God. If this would your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who justifies” or “God who makes righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
643	ROM	4	5	tovp	figs-nominaladj	τὸν ἀσεβῆ	1		Paul is using the singular adjective phrase the ungodly as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
644	ROM	4	5	va3e	figs-activepassive	λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	his faith is counted as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3. Alternate translation: “God counted his faith as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
645	ROM	4	5	s00l	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of faith and righteousness, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being righteous” or “how he trusts in God … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
646	ROM	4	6	hil6	writing-quotations	καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει	1		Paul uses David also speaks of here to introduce a scripture quotation from Psalm 31:1–2, which King David wrote. This occurs in verses 7–8. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “David also wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
647	ROM	4	6	s0v1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of blessedness, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the man is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
648	ROM	4	6	vyse	figs-possession	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the man that is characterized by blessedness. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
649	ROM	4	6	x40j	figs-genericnoun	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
650	ROM	4	6	c6zs	figs-distinguish	ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων	1		This phrase gives us further information about the the man. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
651	ROM	4	6	lilj	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
652	ROM	4	6	o260	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων	1		See how you translated this phrase in 3:28. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
653	ROM	4	7	zqwl	figs-quotemarks	μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		This verse is the beginning of a quotation from Psalm 31:1–2. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
654	ROM	4	7	dur6	figs-parallelism	μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how Blessed these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How blessed are those people whom God forgives completely for all their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
655	ROM	4	7	lq4w	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of lawless deeds and sins, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless things they have done … the sins they have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
656	ROM	4	7	d4f4	figs-activepassive	ἀφέθησαν…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
657	ROM	4	7	hj2w	figs-ellipsis	ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		Paul quotes David leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “blessed are those whose sins have been covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
658	ROM	4	7	hqfm	figs-metaphor	ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		Paul quotes David using covered figuratively to refer to God forgiving sins as if he covers sins so that he no longer sees them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
659	ROM	4	8	jjov	figs-quotemarks	μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν	1		The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from Psalm 31:1–2. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
660	ROM	4	8	yox7	figs-parallelism	μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν	1		This verse means the same thing as the two clauses in the previous verse. Paul the same thing here, in a slightly different way, to emphasize how Blessed people are home God forgives for their sins. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “How truly blessed is a man whose sin the Lord does certainly not count!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
661	ROM	4	8	kpfe	figs-genericnoun	ἀνὴρ	1		Paul quotes David speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
662	ROM	4	8	y21b	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sin, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sinful deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
663	ROM	4	8	jdrm	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ λογίσηται	1		Paul quotes David using count figuratively to refer to God remembering or regarding people’s sins after he has forgiven them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does certainly not regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
664	ROM	4	8	yxh2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1		The phrase certainly not translates two negative words in Greek. Paul quotes David using them together to emphasize how certain it is that God does not regard people’s sin after he has forgiven them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
665	ROM	4	9	qtgb	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		Then here introduces a result clause. This verse indicates the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in verses 6–8. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
666	ROM	4	9	g4f6	figs-rquestion	ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “this blessedness is surely upon the circumcision and also upon the uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
667	ROM	4	9	alrb	figs-explicit	ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος	1		Here, this blessedness refers to joyful state of those people whom God forgives and makes righteous, as mentioned in verses 6–8. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is this blessed state of being forgiven by God” or “is this blessed forgiveness from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
668	ROM	4	9	jmym	figs-metaphor	ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν…ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν	1		Paul speaks of blessedness figuratively as if it were an object that could be put upon someone. He means that both circumcised and uncircumcised people can receive the blessing of forgiveness from God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is this blessedness given to the circumcision … to the uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
669	ROM	4	9	dn7v	grammar-collectivenouns	τὴν περιτομὴν…τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν	1		See how you translated these words in 3:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
670	ROM	4	9	mrsm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		For here indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
671	ROM	4	9	w2xt	figs-exclusive	λέγομεν	1		Here Paul uses we exclusively to refer to Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
672	ROM	4	9	o51f	writing-quotations	λέγομεν	1		Paul uses we say here to introduce a modified scripture quotation from Genesis 15:6, which Moses wrote. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “we say what Moses wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
673	ROM	4	9	m3uh	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness	See how you translated the similar clauses in verses 3 and 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
674	ROM	4	10	trz4	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ?	1		In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to emphasize that Abraham was made righteous without being circumcised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. You may need to combine these sentences. Alternate translation: “Then you surely know how it was counted to him! You surely know whether it was in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” or “Then you surely know how it was counted to him, whether in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
675	ROM	4	10	unuf	grammar-connect-logic-result	πῶς οὖν	1		Here, then introduces a result clause that is in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “How as a result” or “So then how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
676	ROM	4	10	uj5i	figs-idiom	πῶς	1		How here means “in what circumstances.” Paul is not asking how God made Abraham righteous, but is asking whether or not Abraham was circumcised when God made him righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
677	ROM	4	10	bw38	writing-pronouns	ἐλογίσθη…οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ	1		In this verse the pronoun it refers to Abraham’s faith, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was Abraham’s faith counted … His faith was not in circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
678	ROM	4	10	p5rp	figs-activepassive	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη	1	It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “How then did God count it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
679	ROM	4	10	wbta	figs-ellipsis	ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		Here Paul is leaving out some the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Was it counted being in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? It was not counted in circumcision, but in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
680	ROM	4	10	zj6b	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of circumcision and uncircumcision, you could express the same ideas in verbal way. Paul implies that Abraham is the subject of these sentences. Alternate translation: “While Abraham was circumcised, or while he was uncircumcised? It was not while he was circumcised, but while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
681	ROM	4	11	unmg	figs-abstractnouns	περιτομῆς…ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ…δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of circumcision and uncircumcision, you could express the same ideas in verbal way. Alternate translation: “of being circumcised … while being uncircumcised … through being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
682	ROM	4	11	d564	figs-possession	σημεῖον…περιτομῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the sign that is circumcision. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the sign that is circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
683	ROM	4	11	rjhr	figs-distinguish	σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		This phrase gives us further information about the sign of circumcision. Circumcision is not only a sign, but also a seal. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these clauses clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
684	ROM	4	11	wm54	figs-possession	σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a seal that proves the righteousness to be real. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with a different form. Alternate translation: “a seal that proves the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
685	ROM	4	11	n31z	figs-possession	τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe righteousness that comes from faith. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with an adjective phrase or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of the righteousness from faith” or “of being right with God that comes from trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
686	ROM	4	11	zlwg	figs-distinguish	τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		This clause gives us further information about the faith that Abraham had. Paul is referring to the faith that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that Abraham had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
687	ROM	4	11	mob7	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of uncircumcision as if it were a location someone could be in. He means that Abraham was in the state of being uncircumcised. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
688	ROM	4	11	f5vv	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν	1		Here, so that introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God required Abraham to become circumcised. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
689	ROM	4	11	ue6v	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		Paul uses father figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced those who believe in God. Paul means that Abraham spiritually represents all uncircumcised non-Jews who trust in God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of all those who believe through uncircumcision” or “like the father of all those who believe through uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
690	ROM	4	11	etyl	figs-explicit	δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		Here the word translated as through refers to a going through a time period. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during uncircumcision” or “throughout the time they were uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
691	ROM	4	11	hm61	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		Here, so that indicates that this clause could refer to: (1) the purpose of Abraham being the father of all those who believe. Alternate translation: “in order that the righteousness would be counted to them” (2) the result of Abraham being the father of all those who believe. Alternate translation: “resulting in the righteousness being counted to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
692	ROM	4	11	y88e	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		See how you translated counted in verses 3–5 and 9–10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
693	ROM	4	11	ehib	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
694	ROM	4	12	v9bu	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς	1	And he became the father of the circumcision	Here, and indicates that what follows is another purpose for God commanding Abraham to be circumcised after he trusted in God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could repeat some of the information from the previous sentence and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and also so that he would be the father of circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
695	ROM	4	12	u8j3	figs-possession	πατέρα περιτομῆς…τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	And he became the father of the circumcision	Paul uses father of circumcision here figuratively. He means that Abraham is both the physical ancestor and spiritual ancestor of Jewish people who are both physically circumcised and have the “circumcision of the heart,” which Paul refers to in 2:29. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual representative of those who are physically and spiritually circumcised … our spiritual representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
696	ROM	4	12	krkf	figs-explicit	τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul assumes that his readers will know that these two clauses refer to those Jews who are not only circumcised in their bodies, but also have the same faith in God that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those Jews who are not only circumcised, but who also follow in the steps of the faith of our father Abraham in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
697	ROM	4	12	s9jt	figs-idiom	καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1	who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham	Here, follow in the steps is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who follow the example of the faith of our father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
698	ROM	4	12	btrd	figs-possession	τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the faith that our father Abraham had. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of our father Abraham’s faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
699	ROM	4	12	u5ur	figs-exclusive	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, our refers to Paul and his fellow believing Jews, as in 3:9. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of our Jewish father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
700	ROM	4	12	ykdc	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		Here, in uncircumcision has the same meaning as “through circumcision” stated in the previous verse. See how you translated the phrase there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
701	ROM	4	13	i6xc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For here gives the reason why Abraham is the spiritual “father” of both non-Jews and Jews, as stated in verses 11–12. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
702	ROM	4	13	e0a3	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐπαγγελία…τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of promise and heir, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God promised … that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
703	ROM	4	13	yqxx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1		Here, the world translated or indicates that the promise is to Abraham and his seed. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
704	ROM	4	13	ew13	figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses seed figuratively to refer to “offspring.” Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
705	ROM	4	13	ct1f	figs-synecdoche	κόσμου	1		Here the world could refer to: (1) all the land of the world. Although God had promised to give the land of Canaan to Abraham’s descendants, the Jews in Paul’s time understood that this promise included the whole earth. This will indeed take place when Jesus, a descendent of Abraham, rules over the whole world. Alternate expression: “of all the land in the world” (2) the people who live in the world, as in 3:19. Alternate translation: “of the people who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
706	ROM	4	13	pjyt	figs-explicit	οὐ…διὰ νόμου…ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης	1		Here the word translated as through indicates the means by which God gave ** the promise**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was not by means of the law but by means of the righteousness” or “was not on the basis of the law but on the basis of the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
707	ROM	4	13	kquo	figs-explicit	νόμου	1		See how you translated the law in 3:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
708	ROM	4	13	iqsm	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνης πίστεως	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in verse 11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
709	ROM	4	14	hba4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For here indicates that verses 14–15 give the reasons why God’s promise to Abraham was given “through the righteousness of faith” and not “through the law,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
710	ROM	4	14	n0x6	figs-hypo	εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι, κεκένωται ἡ πίστις	1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “suppose the heirs are from the law, then the faith has been emptied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
711	ROM	4	14	ksui	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι…ἡ πίστις…ἡ ἐπαγγελία	1		See how you translated “heir”, the law, and faith in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
712	ROM	4	14	k4ip	figs-explicit	κληρονόμοι	1		Here, heirs refers to “Abraham” and “his seed” from the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs, Abraham or his seed, are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
713	ROM	4	14	w977	figs-explicit	οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι	1		Here, from the law refers to those who try to obey the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs are those who try to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
714	ROM	4	14	hxvd	figs-metaphor	κεκένωται ἡ πίστις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of faith as if it were a container that could be emptied. He means that faith would become powerless or useless to make a person righteous if simply obeyingthe law allows a person to inherit God’s promises. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “then it would be impossible to become righteous by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
715	ROM	4	15	v1ow	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		For indicates that the rest of the verse gives the reason why inheriting God’s promise by obeying the law would nullify faith and the promise, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
716	ROM	4	15	qma4	figs-personification	ὁ…νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the law as if it were a person who could produce something. He means that the law causes God to punish people because they cannot obey it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the law results in wrath for those who do not obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
717	ROM	4	15	h1x1	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴν	1		See how you translated the same use of this word in 1:18. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
718	ROM	4	15	px0m	figs-metaphor	οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the law and transgression as if they were located in a specific place. Here, where means that God’s law exists. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “but where the law is not present, neither is transgression present” or “but in a place where God’s law does not exist, transgression also does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
719	ROM	4	15	t0wx	figs-abstractnouns	παράβασις	1		See how you translated the same use of this word in 2:23. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
720	ROM	4	16	defl	figs-extrainfo	ἐκ πίστεως	1		Here, it refers to the promise mentioned later in the verse and introduced in verse 13. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise is by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
721	ROM	4	16	nchm	figs-explicit	ἐκ πίστεως	1		Here, by indicates the means by which someone acquires the promise. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person acquires God’s promise by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
722	ROM	4	16	bc5k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God makes faith the means for acquiring the promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
723	ROM	4	16	fvax		κατὰ χάριν	1		Alternate translation: “by grace” or “on the basis of grace”
724	ROM	4	16	cgpq	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of grace, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
725	ROM	4	16	v8it	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν	1		Here, so that could indicate: (1) a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order for the promise to be certain” (2) a result clause. Alternate translation: “with the result that the promise might be certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
726	ROM	4	16	qalp	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν	1		See how you translated this word in verse 13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
727	ROM	4	16	r8ji	grammar-collectivenouns	παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι	1		The phrase all the seed is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
728	ROM	4	16	xzsp	figs-metaphor	παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι	1		See how you translated seed in 4:13.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
729	ROM	4	16	a4ai	figs-distinguish	οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1		These clauses give us further information about the phrase all the seed. They distinguish between a seed associated with the law and a seed associated with the faith. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “both from those believers associated with Abraham through the law, and those associated with the faith of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
730	ROM	4	16	ns6r	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ νόμου	1	those who are under the law	See how you translated this phrase in verse 14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
731	ROM	4	16	qctv	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1	those who are under the law	Here, from the faith of Abraham refers to those who trust in God the way Abraham did. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who has the same faith as Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
732	ROM	4	16	welr	figs-metaphor	ὅς ἐστιν πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν	1		Paul uses father figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced all human beings. Paul means that Abraham is the physical ancestor of all believing Jews and the spiritual ancestor of all believing non-Jews. If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who spiritually represents all of us who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
733	ROM	4	16	kd6g	figs-exclusive	πάντων ἡμῶν	1		Here, us all refers to all the seed and so is inclusive of all believing Jews and non-Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of all believers in God” or “of all of us who trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
734	ROM	4	17	nuj8	figs-infostructure	καθὼς γέγραπται, ὅτι πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε	1		Here Paul interrupts the sentence he began in the previous verse and inserts these two clauses in order to support his argument. If this would confuse your readers, you could mark these clauses in a way that shows they are inserted into the middle of a sentence, as in the UST. You could also move these clauses to the end of the verse so that they do not divide the main sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
735	ROM	4	17	ibwm	figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		Here Paul uses a quotation from the Old Testament in order to support the statement in the previous verse that Abraham “is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the relationship between this verse and the previous verse clearer. Alternate translation: “The fact that Abraham is the father of us all is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
736	ROM	4	17	iju4	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	Here Paul uses just as it is written to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book (Genesis 17:5). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
737	ROM	4	17	sjm0	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by Moses. Alternate translation: “just as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
738	ROM	4	17	peaf	figs-quotemarks	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε	1	I have made you	In this clause Paul quotes Genesis 17:5. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
739	ROM	4	17	mxm5	writing-pronouns	τέθεικά σε…ἐπίστευσεν	1	I have made you	The pronoun I refers to God, and you and he refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, have appointed you, Abraham, as … Abraham trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
740	ROM	4	17	n6l7	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Paul quotes God using father figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he were going to physically produce children who would comprise many nations. God means that Abraham would become the spiritual ancestor of a large amount of people from many nations who trust in God like Abraham. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of numerous groups of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
741	ROM	4	17	ph37	figs-explicit	κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ,	1	in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead	Here Paul continues the sentence from the previous verse that he had interrupted with the first two clauses in this verse. This clause completes the previous statement from the previous verse, “who is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. You made need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Abraham is the father of us all in the presence of God whom he trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
742	ROM	4	17	ifwu	figs-metaphor	κατέναντι…Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses in the presence of figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he were physically present with God. Paul means that God personally considers Abraham to represent the believers that come from many nations. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to what God thinks” or “in God’s view” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
743	ROM	4	17	s67j	figs-distinguish	οὗ ἐπίστευσεν…τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς, καὶ καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1		These clauses give further information about God. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer by making new sentences or by another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the God whom he trusted. It is this God who makes the dead live and calls the things not existing as existing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
744	ROM	4	17	tg2e	figs-metaphor	καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the things not existing as if God were calling to them. Paul means that God creates things by commanding them to exist, as Moses describes in Genesis 1:3–27. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “summons into being things that did not previously exist” or “by speaking creates things that did not previously exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
745	ROM	4	18	emih	writing-pronouns	ὃς…αὐτὸν…σου	1		The pronouns who and he and your refer to Abraham, not God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
746	ROM	4	18	g8fm	figs-idiom	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1	In hope he believed against hope	Here, against hope is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “although it seemed hopeless, he believed on the basis of hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
747	ROM	4	18	auah	figs-abstractnouns	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of hope, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “who hopefully believed although it seemed hopeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
748	ROM	4	18	n62i	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίστευσεν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believed in God” or “believed what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
749	ROM	4	18	bs6y	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν	1		Here, so that indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the result of Abraham believing on the basis of hope. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “which resulted in him becoming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
750	ROM	4	18	qbdq	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
751	ROM	4	18	b92q	writing-quotations	τὸ εἰρημένον	1	according to what he had been told	Here Paul uses what was said to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book (Genesis 15:5). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what was said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
752	ROM	4	18	cryi	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον	1	according to what he had been told	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was spoken by God. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
753	ROM	4	18	p5el	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου	1	So will your descendants be	Paul assumes that his readers would know the rest of what God said in the verse he is quoting (Genesis 15:5). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
754	ROM	4	18	i2ev	figs-metaphor	τὸ σπέρμα	1		See how you translated seed in verse 16.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
755	ROM	4	19	ycte	figs-infostructure	καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα ἤδη νενεκρωμένον, ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων, καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “He considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—but he was not weakening in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
756	ROM	4	19	m9gq	figs-litotes	καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει	1	Without becoming weak in faith,	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
757	ROM	4	19	s6u1	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει	1	Without becoming weak in faith,	Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham’s faith as if it were something that a person could be weakening in. He means that Abraham kept trusting God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not ceasing to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
758	ROM	4	19	b3w6	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
759	ROM	4	19	bn9k	figs-metaphor	ἤδη νενεκρωμένον	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he actually thought his body was dead. Paul means that Abraham knew he was too old to produce a child. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unable to father a child” or “useless for procreating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
760	ROM	4	19	bfsr	writing-background	ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων	1		Here Paul provides background information about Abraham’s age to help his readers understand why Abraham considered his own body as already being dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “since he was about one hundred years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
761	ROM	4	19	hro2	figs-ellipsis	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he also considered the deadness of the womb of Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
762	ROM	4	19	ghhm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of deadness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that the womb of Sarah was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
763	ROM	4	19	qil5	figs-metaphor	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Sarah’s womb as if it were dead. He means that she was unable to conceive children. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “how Sarah was unable to conceive” or “that Sarah could not bear children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
764	ROM	4	19	yx92	figs-explicit	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Paul assumes that his readers would know that Sarah had been unable to become pregnant throughout her life, as described in the Old Testament book of Genesis. This fact makes Abraham’s faith even more amazing. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the story of Abraham and Sarah, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deadness of the womb of Sarah, since she could never become pregnant before” or “the deadness of the womb of Sarah, which had always been dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
765	ROM	4	20	qn5h	figs-infostructure	εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not waver in unbelief about what God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
766	ROM	4	20	kicf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		But here indicates that what follows emphasizes Abraham’s faith in the promise of God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
767	ROM	4	20	o3zu	figs-explicit	εἰς…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The word translated as toward could also mean “with regard to” or “regarding.” If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with regard to the promise of God” or “regarding the promise of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
768	ROM	4	20	qcod	figs-possession	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the promise that comes from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promise that came from God” or “the promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
769	ROM	4	20	wgmc	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of promise, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
770	ROM	4	20	ep2z	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	did not hesitate in unbelief	Here, did not waver and unbelief form a double negative expression. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he did not waver in belief” or “his belief did not waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
771	ROM	4	20	th2x	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ…τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of the unbelief and the faith, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by distrusting … by trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
772	ROM	4	20	zdj5	figs-activepassive	ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει	1	he was strengthened in faith	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God strengthened him in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
773	ROM	4	20	a4g4	figs-metaphor	ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham’s faith as if it were something that a person could be strengthened in. He means that God enabled Abraham to continue trusting him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was enabled to keep on trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
774	ROM	4	20	ew3r	figs-abstractnouns	δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having glorified God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
775	ROM	4	21	y2sh	figs-activepassive	πληροφορηθεὶς	1	He was fully convinced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God fully convinced him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
776	ROM	4	21	plbf	writing-pronouns	ἐπήγγελται…ἐστιν	1		The pronoun he refers to God, not Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had promised, God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
777	ROM	4	21	j12r	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἐπήγγελται	1		Here, what he had promised refers to the promise Paul describes in verse 13. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things God promised to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
778	ROM	4	22	ympp	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ καὶ	1		Here, therefore introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “And for this reason” or “And this is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
779	ROM	4	22	wlnh	figs-quotemarks	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		This clause is a quotation from Genesis 15:6. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
780	ROM	4	22	i56a	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness	See how you translated this in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
781	ROM	4	23	zdc0	figs-infostructure	οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον, ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ	1	Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases and combine them. Alternate translation: “Now the phrase ‘it was counted to him,’ was not written only for his sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
782	ROM	4	23	r65c	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1	only for his benefit	The pronouns his and him refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s … to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
783	ROM	4	23	bfiw	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses wrote the quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses did not write it only for Abraham’s sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
784	ROM	4	23	bmlm		δι’ αὐτὸν	1		Alternate translation: “for him” or “regarding him”
785	ROM	4	23	ae1u	figs-quotemarks	ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ,	1		This clause is a quotation from Genesis 15:6. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
786	ROM	4	23	jft0	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
787	ROM	4	24	pfc9	figs-exclusive	δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	for us	Here, our and whom refer to all those who believe in Jesus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “for the sake us believers who are about to be counted, to we who believe in the one who raised from the dead ones Jesus, the Lord of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
788	ROM	4	24	ffdm		δι’ ἡμᾶς	1		See how you translated “for his sake” in the previous verse.
789	ROM	4	24	nh4k	figs-activepassive	οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι	1	also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “to whom God is about to count it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
790	ROM	4	24	bu1m	writing-pronouns	μέλλει	1		Here the pronoun it refers to the “faith” mentioned in verses 5 and 20. Previously it referred to Abraham’s faith, but in this verse it refers to our faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our faith is about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
791	ROM	4	24	mujr		λογίζεσθαι	1		See how you translated counted in the previous verse.
792	ROM	4	24	artt	figs-explicit	τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
793	ROM	4	24	i6vl	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν	1		Here, raised is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
794	ROM	4	24	iq69	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		Here, the phrase translated the dead ones refers to dead people. Here it means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
795	ROM	4	25	irue	writing-pronouns	ὃς…ἡμῶν…τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		Here the pronoun who refers to Jesus, and our refers to all “those who believe” in him, as mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … we believers’ … the justification of us believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
796	ROM	4	25	cca1	figs-activepassive	ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη	1	who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God gave up … God raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
797	ROM	4	25	b999	figs-metaphor	ὃς παρεδόθη	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were a thing that could be given up to another person. Paul means that God allowed people to arrest and kill Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who was allowed to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
798	ROM	4	25	op41	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν…διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of trespasses and justification, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
799	ROM	4	25	imvc	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν	1		Here Paul uses for the sake of differently than he did in verses 23–24. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate the reason why Jesus was given up. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of our trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
800	ROM	4	25	gmbd	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1		See how you translated raised in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
801	ROM	4	25	hzop	grammar-connect-logic-goal	διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		Here Paul uses for the sake of differently than he did in the first part of this verse. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate one of the purposes for Jesus being raised. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of our justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
802	ROM	5	intro	i1dt			0		Romans 5 General Notes Structure and formatting Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21) God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26) No one can boast in works (3:27–31) The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25) The blessings of justification (5:1–11) Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21) Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed. Special concepts in this chapter Results of justification How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) “All sinned” Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) The second Adam Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
803	ROM	5	1	xmp3	grammar-connect-logic-result	δικαιωθέντες οὖν ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been made right with God by trusting in him” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since God makes us right with himself by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
804	ROM	5	1	age4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δικαιωθέντες οὖν	1	Since we are justified	Here, Therefore indicates that what follows in 5:1-5 is a new section that describes the results of being made right with God. Alternate translation (remove comma): “As a result of having been made right” or “So then, if we have been made right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
805	ROM	5	1	xott	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous when we trust him” or “since God justifies us through trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
806	ROM	5	1	wbwx	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in 4:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
807	ROM	5	1	p11y	figs-distinguish	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through our Lord Jesus Christ	This phrase gives us information about how the believer can have peace with God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus Christ allows us to have peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
808	ROM	5	1	hi12	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we can live safely” or “let us live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
809	ROM	5	1	o2yr	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could possess or own peace. He means that they can or must live peacefully with God. If your readers would not understand what have peace means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “let us try to live peacefully” or “we must live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
810	ROM	5	1	kjpb	figs-imperative	ἔχωμεν	1		The phrase let us have peace communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “we must have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
811	ROM	5	1	s6xd	figs-exclusive	ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν	1	we … our	The pronouns us and our inclusively refer to all those who believe in Jesus (See 4:24–25). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
812	ROM	5	1	xaeg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		In 5:1–5, Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in Christ. Here, the Old Testament title for God, Lord, is applied to Jesus, equating him with God. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
813	ROM	5	2	slyh	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν; καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of the access or faith, grace, or hope, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access how gracious God is … boastful, hopeful to experience God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
814	ROM	5	2	du8b	figs-distinguish	δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην	1	Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand	This phrase gives us further information about how Jesus helps the believer. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
815	ROM	5	2	tsbo	writing-pronouns	οὗ	1		The pronoun whom refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
816	ROM	5	2	i50u	figs-exclusive	καὶ…ἐσχήκαμεν…ἑστήκαμεν…καυχώμεθα	1		Unless otherwise noted, the pronoun we and its other forms (“us” or “our”) refer inclusively to all believers in Christ in chapter 5. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
817	ROM	5	2	af0n	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of grace as if it were a location that someone could access and where someone could stand. He means that by trusting in Jesus it allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If your readers would not understand what grace in which we stand means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
818	ROM	5	2	fsqg	figs-litany	καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses a repetitive series of phrases in 5:2–4 to show how powerful hope is. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the ways Christians can boast in the hope of the glory of God. Paul goes on to say in 5:5 that “hope does not disappoint.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that express reasons to hope. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
819	ROM	5	2	dxcu	figs-personification	καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1		Here, hope is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person about whom someone could boast. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we assuredly boast” or “let us hopefully rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
820	ROM	5	2	zp5p	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using possessive forms to describe how glory relates God. Use a natural way in your language to express these ideas. Here, of the glory of God could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live (See 3:23). Alternate translation: “of sharing again in the glory God gave us” or “experiencing the glory that comes from God” (2) glorifying God (See also 5:11 for glory and boast). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” or “of God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
821	ROM	5	3	q5p7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμεθα	1	Not only this	What follows the words And not only this, but also here is in contrast to what would be an expected response to sufferings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Not only can we boast in the hope of the glory of God, but we can even boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
822	ROM	5	3	xho9	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν, εἰδότες ὅτι ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because we also know that suffering brings about endurance, we boast in our sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
823	ROM	5	3	c644	figs-personification	καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν	1		Here, sufferings are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person about whom someone could boast (See 5:2). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we can also boast when we suffer” or “let us rejoice even if we are distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
824	ROM	5	3	c0rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν…ἡ θλῖψις…ὑπομονὴν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of sufferings and suffering and endurance, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “when we suffer … when we suffer … a way to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
825	ROM	5	3	lo57	figs-metaphor	ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Paul speaks figuratively of endurance as if it were an object that could be produced. He means that when a Christian trusts in God while suffering, he develops within them the character quality of endurance. If your readers would not understand what brings about endurance means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “when we suffer God uses it to teach us how to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
826	ROM	5	4	w7c2	figs-ellipsis	ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and endurance produces character, and character produces hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
827	ROM	5	4	dt8w	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ…ὑπομονὴ…ἐλπίδα	1		See how you translated endurance in 5:3 and hope in 5:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
828	ROM	5	4	gjvh	figs-abstractnouns	δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of character, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “makes us approved by God, and when God approves us it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
829	ROM	5	5	u4xh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει, ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And because the love of God has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to us–hope does not disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
830	ROM	5	5	rctz	figs-explicit	ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς	1		The implication is that hope here refers to the hope of the glory of God in 5:2. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
831	ROM	5	5	zp3q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, And indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s litany about hope. Alternate translation: “So” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
832	ROM	5	5	pp1n	figs-personification	ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει	1	that hope does not disappoint	Here, hope is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could disappoint. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “being confident that we will once again live in the glorious way God intended, we are not disappointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
833	ROM	5	5	qka8	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1	because the love of God has been poured into our hearts	Paul speaks figuratively of love as if it were a something that could be poured out of a pitcher, and our hearts as though they were containers that could be filled. He means that the Holy Spirit has completely revealed to God’s people how much God loves them. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “because the Holy Spirit, who God has given us, has deeply revealed how much God loves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
834	ROM	5	5	dc95	figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul says that “the Holy Spirit” did it. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who God gave us, poured out God’s love deep within us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
835	ROM	5	5	oufg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		In 5:1–5, Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in Christ. Here it the Holy Spirit who pours out the love of God in the believer’s heart (See Acts 2:17, 18, 33; 10:45; Titus 3:6 where both the Father and Jesus are agents in the giving or pouring out of the Holy Spirit). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
836	ROM	5	5	clmb	figs-possession	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how love relates to God. Use a natural way to express this relationship. Here, the love of God could refer to: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “God’s love” or “God’s love for us” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “love for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
837	ROM	5	5	glt1	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1		Here, hearts is a metonym for a person’s inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their inner beings” or “out deep within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
838	ROM	5	6	gj4r	figs-parallelism	ἔτι γὰρ Χριστὸς, ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν ἔτι, κατὰ καιρὸν ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		These two phrases being weak and the ungodly mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why Christ needed to die. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Indeed, while we were still weak and ungodly, at just the right time Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
839	ROM	5	6	x5eg	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	we	Here, For indicates that what follows in 5:6–8 explains “the love of God” in 5:5. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
840	ROM	5	6	xqr3	figs-ellipsis	ἔτι…ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
841	ROM	5	6	lhy1	figs-idiom	κατὰ καιρὸν	1		Here, the term at the right time is an Old Testament idiom meaning “in its proper season.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at God’s chosen time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
842	ROM	5	6	xl85	figs-distinguish	ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		Here, Christ died for the ungodly gives us further information about what “the love of God” means in 5:5. Paul means that God shows how much he loves his people by sending Christ to sacrificially die for their sake (See “blood” in 5:9). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “died for the sake of godless ones” or “died on behalf of ungodly people” or “died in the place of those who are ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
843	ROM	5	6	wc38	figs-nominaladj	ἀσεβῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective ungodly as a noun in order to describe a group of people, in this case, we. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “ungodly people” or “those who are godless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
844	ROM	5	7	o92c	figs-parallelism	μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται; ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how undeserving it is that Christ would die for “the ungodly” (See 5:6). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “It would certainly be rare for anyone to die on behalf of a righteous or good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
845	ROM	5	7	xv5w	figs-aside		0	For one will hardly die for a righteous man	Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to express how amazing it is that Christ would die for “the ungodly” (See 5:6). If this would be confusing in your language, you can place this verse in parentheses or use some other way that is natural in your language for indicating an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
846	ROM	5	7	h089	figs-hypo	μόλις γὰρ…τις ἀποθανεῖται…γὰρ…τάχα	1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize how rare it is for someone dying on behalf of another. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let us consider how rare it would be for someone to die … let us suppose that just maybe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
847	ROM	5	7	x036	writing-pronouns	τις…τις	1		The pronoun someone refers to a hypothetical person that might die for someone else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person … a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
848	ROM	5	7	mqyq	figs-metaphor	καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of dying as if it were a dare or challenge to overcome. He means that someone would be brave enough to give their life for the sake of someone else. If your readers would not understand what dare to die means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “might even be willing to die” or “would even be brave enough to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
849	ROM	5	8	ednw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word But here is in contrast to what was expected, that Christ would die for godly people. Instead, Christ died for sinners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
850	ROM	5	8	qh0h	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοῦ	1		Paul uses the word his own to emphasize how much God loves his people. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “his very own” or “his personal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
851	ROM	5	8	vh6y	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
852	ROM	5	8	fel5	figs-infostructure	ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “by the fact that Christ died for us, even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
853	ROM	5	8	c8vd	figs-distinguish	ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν	1		This phrase gives us further information about how much love God has for his people. Paul is pointing out how undeserving God’s people are of his own love. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “in this way: even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
854	ROM	5	8	oz1w	figs-ellipsis	ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete (See also 5:6). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
855	ROM	5	8	w7hy	figs-nominaladj	ἁμαρτωλῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective sinners as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who lived sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
856	ROM	5	9	vnxd	grammar-connect-logic-result	πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ, σωθησόμεθα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς	1		Here, then introduces a result clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “As a result, how much more now will we be saved from the wrath, since we have been made righteous by his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
857	ROM	5	9	tewt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον	1		Here, Much more then strongly emphasizes that what follows is another important result of having been made right with God. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “It is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
858	ROM	5	9	x9yi	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες…σωθησόμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. If you must state who did the actions, Paul implies that “God” did them. Alternate translation: “God has made us right with himself … God will save us” or “God has justified … God will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
859	ROM	5	9	nvs3	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1	blood	Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with his blood, which is related to his sacrificial death (See the same phrase in 3:25). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the basis of his sacrificial death” or “by his death” or “in his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
860	ROM	5	9	kmky	figs-possession	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how people are saved. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, through him could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” or (2) Jesus’ blood. Alternate translation: “through it” (3) both Jesus and his blood. Alternate translation: “through his blood” or “through Jesus’ blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
861	ROM	5	9	wsda	figs-personification	ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς	1		Here, wrath is spoken of figuratively as though it were person from whom someone needs to be saved or rescued. Paul means that believers in Christ are saved from experiencing God’s wrath or being punished by God. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from experiencing God’s wrath” or “from being punished by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
862	ROM	5	9	bev3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὀργῆς	1	his wrath	Here, the indicates a specialized meaning of wrath. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract phrase the wrath in another way. Here, the wrath refers to “the day of wrath” (See note at 2:5 for the day of wrath). Alternate translation: “the Final Judgment” or “the Final Punishment” or “from when God finally judges sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
863	ROM	5	10	wply	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here what follows For in 5:10–11 further explains and summarizes this section about having “peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ” (See 5:1). Alternate translation: “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
864	ROM	5	10	mz06	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Pau; is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Actually, since when we were enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
865	ROM	5	10	ok87	figs-nominaladj	ἐχθροὶ ὄντες	1		Paul is using the adjective enemies as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “while being people who were God’s enemies” or “while we were hostile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
866	ROM	5	10	rnc5	figs-activepassive	κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ…καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα	1	we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. If you must state who did these actions, Paul implies that “God” did them. Alternate translation: “God reconciled us to himself … since God reconciled us, he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
867	ROM	5	10	cu3c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	Here, Son is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to accurately translate this title in your translation. Alternate translation: “of God’s Son” or “Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
868	ROM	5	10	o1m6	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		Here, much more strongly emphasizes that what follows is an important result of having been reconciled with God (See this phrase in 5:9). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “it is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
869	ROM	5	10	fky8	figs-personification	διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ…ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, death and life are spoken of figuratively as though they were people who could reconcile and save someone. Paul means that God shows how much he loves his people by sending his Son to sacrificially die for their sake, and that God will save them from eternal death and punishment (See note for “the wrath” in 5:9) because Jesus conquered death by resurrecting after he died. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because Jesus sacrificially died for our sake … will God save us from eternal death because Jesus conquered death by resurrecting after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
870	ROM	5	11	a0vk	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ	1		What follows the words And not only this, but also emphasizes that it is not only what God has done for his people in Christ that is important (See the same phrase in 5:3), but that we also boast in God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Not only will we be saved by his life, but we should also continue to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
871	ROM	5	11	zp36	figs-metaphor	καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were boasting inside of God. Paul means that these believers in Christ boast about how great God is. If your readers would not understand what boast in God means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we also boast about how great God is” or “boast because of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
872	ROM	5	11	x3wh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in Christ. Here, the Old Testament title for God, Lord, is applied to Jesus, equating him with God. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
873	ROM	5	11	r0zj	figs-distinguish	δι’ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν	1		This clause summarizes how Jesus saves the believer (See 5:1–2 for similar wording). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer by starting a new sentence or some other way. Alternate translation (replace previous comma with a period): “It is through the death of Lord Jesus Christ on our behalf that we become reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
874	ROM	5	11	xjes	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of reconciliation, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we have now become reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
875	ROM	5	12	k1xa	figs-parallelism		0		This verse communicates similar ideas. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the widespread effects of sin and death. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason, one man caused sin and then death to enter the world; and death and then sin spread throughout the human race” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
876	ROM	5	12	hjx4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Therefore indicates that what follows in 5:12–21 is Paul’s explanation of the relationship between human sin and God’s grace. Alternate translation: “For this reason” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
877	ROM	5	12	wf9f	figs-personification	ὥσπερ δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν	1	through one man sin entered … death entered through sin	Here, sin and death are spoken of figuratively as though they were persons who could travel to different places. Paul means that the way God intended for the world and human beings to function became thoroughly corrupted by sin and death. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because one man sinned, he would die. All human beings born after that one man would die too because of the effects of his sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
878	ROM	5	12	pa8s	figs-explicit	δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		The implication is that the one man is Adam, the first human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, since “Adam” is not mentioned until 5:14. Alternate translation: “through the one man Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
879	ROM	5	12	a7ml	writing-symlanguage	δι’ ἑνὸς	1		The number one is a symbol of unity. Paul uses this possessive form through one twelve times in 5:12-19 to emphasize the unity of Jesus with humanity. Be sure to retain this important phrase throughout your translation of this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
880	ROM	5	12	smc2	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἁμαρτία…τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος…ὁ θάνατος	1		Here, the indicates a specialized meaning of sin and death. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract phrases the sin and the death in another way. Here, the sin and the death mean “death ruled” and “sin ruled” (See 5:14,21). Alternate translation: “the power of sin … the power of sin, the power of death … the power of death” or “the dominion of sin … the dominion of sin, the dominion of death … the dominion of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
881	ROM	5	12	uxcs	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the death entered the world through the sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
882	ROM	5	12	l7wr	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὕτως	1		Here, so introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “so then also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
883	ROM	5	12	xhbv	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term men is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” or “humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
884	ROM	5	12	jy25	writing-pronouns	ἐφ’ ᾧ	1		The phrase translated concerning which is a singular. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly (See also the introductory notes at the beginning of this chapter). The pronoun which could refer to: (1) death. Alternate translation: “because of this death” or “concerning this death” (2) the effect of sin and death. Alternate translation: “because of the dominion of sin and death” or “concerning the dominion of sin and death” (3) the one man. Alternate translation: “because of the one man” or “concerning the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
885	ROM	5	12	si2i	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		Paul is using the adjective all as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all men” or “all humanity” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
886	ROM	5	13	pkzc	figs-aside		0		In 5:13–17, Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to explain the relationship between law and sin and death. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use parentheses or some other way in your language to indicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
887	ROM	5	13	e6bx	figs-ellipsis	ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου…μὴ ὄντος νόμου	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For until the law came … when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
888	ROM	5	13	at4i	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, For introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why death caused sin until “the law came in so that the trespass might increase” (See 5:20). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
889	ROM	5	13	w185	figs-possession	ἄχρι…νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how the time period until relates to law. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, until could refer to: (1) the time until law was given. Alternate translation: “For up to the time God gave his law to the Jews … since God’s law did not exist” (2) the whole time the law was in effect until Christ came. Alternate translation: “until the end of the law … when the law was no longer in effect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
890	ROM	5	13	v51t	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτία…ἁμαρτία	1		See how you translated sin in 5:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
891	ROM	5	13	uyd4	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ, ἁμαρτία δὲ	1		Here, sin is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person located in the world and who could be charged with sinning. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “there were still people in the world who sinned, but their sinful way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
892	ROM	5	13	izno	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word but here is in contrast to what was expected, that God would count sin against people. Instead, sin has no legal consequences until the law is given. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
893	ROM	5	13	juq7	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτία…οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται	2	but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not reckon it as sinning” or “God did not impute it as sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
894	ROM	5	14	ev8a	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Nevertheless, death	What follows the word Nevertheless here is in contrast to what was expected, that since there was no law, there would be no consequences for doing what is wrong. Instead, Paul restates that death is the problem for humanity, not breaking the law God gave to his people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Although this is true” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
895	ROM	5	14	bd3q	figs-personification	ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος	1	death ruled from Adam until Moses	Here, death is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king. Paul means that every person was under the control of death. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all humans came under the control of death” or “no human could escape dying” or “human life inevitably ended in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
896	ROM	5	14	u66m	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ θάνατος	1		See how you translated death in 5:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
897	ROM	5	14	pdrh	figs-merism	ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως	1		Paul speaks figuratively, using these two people to represent the period of time between Adam and Moses. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam sinned until the time when God gave Moses his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
898	ROM	5	14	w24g	figs-distinguish	καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		This phrase gives us further information about over whom death ruled. It is not making a distinction between those who lived during the time of Adam and Moses. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “even over the people who did not disobey in the same way as Adam did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
899	ROM	5	14	skns	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of likeness, transgression, and pattern, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Adam transgressed, who typifies the coming one” or “exactly how Adam transgressed, who patterns he who will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
900	ROM	5	14	k2w7	figs-possession	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how the likeness relates to the transgression. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Adam’s” instead of the noun “Adam,” or you could use a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “like Adam’s transgression” or “in the same way Adam transgressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
901	ROM	5	14	e4ze	figs-metaphor	Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Adam as if he were a model or shape or drawing. Paul means that Adam represents humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be a pattern in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Adam, who is a replica of he who is coming” or “Adam, who models the coming one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
902	ROM	5	14	mu4s	figs-possession	τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how pattern relates to the one who is coming. Paul means that Adam represents the ideal human being, Jesus, who will come in the future (See 5:15). If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “representing Jesus who would come in the future” or “prefiguring Jesus who was destined to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
903	ROM	5	15	xodg	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		Here, what follows But contrasts the trespass with the gift. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
904	ROM	5	15	x37x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ παράπτωμα…τὸ χάρισμα…τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of trespass, gracious gift, grace, and gift you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “since Adam rebelled … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
905	ROM	5	15	sful	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, For indicates that what follows explains the difference between the trespass and the gracious gift. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
906	ROM	5	15	yxej	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of the gracious gift are superior to the consequences of the trespass. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
907	ROM	5	15	kdhb	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the trespass that comes from one man. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “one man’s” instead of the adjective “one” or a verb form. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
908	ROM	5	15	mm6y	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		Paul is using the adjective one as a noun in order to refer to Adam (See 5:14). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could make these references explicit. Alternate translation: “Adam, the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
909	ROM	5	15	e9me	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς	1		Here Paul is using the adjective many as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many people … many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
910	ROM	5	15	h6c3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		Here, much more strongly emphasizes the difference between the results of the trespass of Adam and the grace of God that comes through Jesus Christ (See how you translated this phrase in 5:10). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “even more certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
911	ROM	5	15	ejxz	figs-possession	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe grace that comes from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God,” or another way. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
912	ROM	5	15	wn36	figs-possession	τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how the grace relates to the one man Jesus Christ. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from the one man” or “associated with the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
913	ROM	5	15	fuyz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Θεοῦ…Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers by the grace of God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
914	ROM	5	15	lydx	figs-possession	τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how grace relates to the one man, Jesus Christ. Use a natural way to express this idea. Here, grace could refer to: (1) grace through Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes through the one man, Jesus Christ” (2) grace from Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes from the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
915	ROM	5	15	tfhj	figs-infostructure	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “abounded unto the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
916	ROM	5	16	ns9a	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα; τὸ μὲν γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
917	ROM	5	16	uh4x	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	followed many trespasses	What follows the word And here contrasts the way the gift and the judgment happened. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Yet” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
918	ROM	5	17	n5zx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, For indicates that what follows explains the difference between the trespass and the gift (See 5:15 for similar ideas). Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
919	ROM	5	17	mhtc	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of the gift are superior to the consequences of the trespass. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
920	ROM	5	17	lcyd	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		See how you translated this phrase in 5:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
921	ROM	5	17	whbf	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ ἑνὸς…τοῦ ἑνός…τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		See how you translated these nominal adjectives in 5:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
922	ROM	5	17	yvq5	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, ὁ θάνατος…τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης…ἐν ζωῇ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because one man trespassed, the fact that people die … how excessively kind God is and how he gives people a right relationship with him … by living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
923	ROM	5	17	kz6z	figs-personification	ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν	1	death ruled	See how you translated this phrase in 5:14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
924	ROM	5	17	lf7t	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		See how you translated this phrase in 5:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
925	ROM	5	17	hfvt	figs-infostructure	ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν, διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “because of the one man Jesus Christ will … reign in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
926	ROM	5	17	xy6h	figs-metaphor	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were kings in a location called life. He means that they will rule with Jesus Christ and live eternally. If your readers would not understand what rule in life means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness rule and live eternally” or “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness live as kings forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
927	ROM	5	17	nr25	figs-distinguish	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		This clause gives describes the people who will rule in life. It is not making a distinction between those who receive and those who rule. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
928	ROM	5	17	o8c3	figs-possession	οἱ…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how righteousness is a gift. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “those who receive the gift of being made righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
929	ROM	5	17	fodc	figs-possession	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος…λαμβάνοντες	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe abundance that comes from grace. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “abundant” instead of the noun “abundance” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who receive God’s abundant grace” or “those who experience how abundantly gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
930	ROM	5	18	e7cq	figs-ellipsis	ἄρα οὖν ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα, οὕτως καὶ δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “So then, just as one man trespassed and this caused all men to become condemned, so also one man acted righteous and this caused all men to become justified for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
931	ROM	5	18	mccf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1		Here, So then indicates that what follows in 5:18–21 summarizes the ideas of 5:12–17. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Finally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
932	ROM	5	18	z0jq	figs-abstractnouns	παραπτώματος…κατάκριμα…δικαιώματος…δικαίωσιν	1		See how you translated these abstracts nouns in 4:25; 5:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
933	ROM	5	18	n8pr	figs-gendernotations	πάντας ἀνθρώπους…πάντας ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term men is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how your translated this word in 5:12. Alternate translation: “all humanity … all humanity” or “all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
934	ROM	5	18	bcm2	figs-possession	δικαίωσιν ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how justification relates to life. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “justification that brings eternal life” or “eternal justification” or “justification which is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
935	ROM	5	18	bmey	figs-explicit	ζωῆς	1		Here the implication is that life refers to “eternal life” (See “rule in life” in 5:17 and 2:7). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
936	ROM	5	19	zp4r	figs-parallelism		0		These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between Adam and Christ. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
937	ROM	5	19	hj69	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥσπερ γὰρ	1		Here, For just as links what follows by using wording that is similar to the beginning of 5:18. Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way, as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
938	ROM	5	19	z8r8	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of disobedience and obedience, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because the one man Adam disobeyed … because the one man Jesus obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
939	ROM	5	19	qpsm	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		The implication is that one man refers to “Adam” and the one refers to “Jesus Christ” (See 5:14–15). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the one man Adam … the one man Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
940	ROM	5	19	q8lj	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί…δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί	1	the many were made sinners	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” appointed this to happen. Alternate translation: “God appointed the many people as sinful … God will appoint the many people as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
941	ROM	5	19	huig	figs-nominaladj	ἁμαρτωλοὶ…οἱ πολλοί…δίκαιοι…οἱ πολλοί	1		Paul is using the adjectives many, sinners, and righteous as nouns in order to describe groups of people (See how you translated many in 5:15). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many…sinful people…many…righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
942	ROM	5	20	zsxd	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, Now indicates that what follows in 5:20–21 links how sin and grace relate. Alternate translation: “Not only that, but when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
943	ROM	5	20	ttcw	figs-abstractnouns	νόμος…τὸ παράπτωμα…ἡ ἁμαρτία…ἡ χάρις	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: law in 5:12–13, trespass in 5:15–18, sin in 5:12–13, and grace in 5:15, 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
944	ROM	5	20	w958	figs-personification	παρεισῆλθεν	1	the law came in	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as came in can mean to sneak in unnoticed (See Galatians 2:4; Jude 1:4). Paul may be stressing how the coming of the law was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
945	ROM	5	20	relk	figs-metaphor	πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the trespass, sin, and grace as if they were crops. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If your readers would not understand what ** increase** or abounded mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how people trespass God’s commands would become more evident … people living sinfully became more evident, how gracious God is became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
946	ROM	5	20	wbh3		ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα	1		Use a natural way in your language for expressing the ideas of result or purpose. This clause could refer to: (1) the result of God’s purpose of giving the law. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “causing how much people trespass what God commands to increase” (2) God’s purpose in giving the law. Alternate translation: “in order to expose how much people trespass what God commands” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of his giving the law. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “to cause an increase in how much people trespass”
947	ROM	5	20	k6da	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2		What follows the word But here is in contrast to what was expected, that the God’s grace actually became more evident when sin increased. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
948	ROM	5	20	godn	figs-metaphor	οὗ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of sin and grace as if they were located somewhere. Here, where indicates the influence or power of sin and grace. If your readers would not understand what where means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whatever ways” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
949	ROM	5	21	ycy7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “so then” or “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
950	ROM	5	21	wmy8	figs-personification	ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	as sin ruled in death	Here, sin is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king of a place called death. Here, righteousness is spoken of figuratively as though it were a prince ruling on behalf of a king called grace. Paul means that sin causes everyone to die, and God’s grace allows people to become righteous, so they can live eternally. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as living sinfully causes death, the same is true for how gracious God is, that by making people right with himself they can live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
951	ROM	5	21	leu9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: sin in 5:20, death and righteousness in 5:17, grace in 5:20, and everlasting life in 2:7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
952	ROM	5	21	pygl	grammar-connect-logic-goal	οὕτως	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God revealed his grace. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” or “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
953	ROM	5	21	j9lf	figs-parallelism	διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that the righteousness of Jesus Christ is how grace rules (See also 5:17). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “leading to everlasting life through how Jesus Christ our Lord makes people righteous” or “bringing eternal life by how righteous Jesus Christ our Lord is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
954	ROM	6	intro	v522			0		Romans 6 General Notes Structure and formatting Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39) Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14) Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23) Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) Special concepts in this chapter Against the Law In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]]) Servants of sin Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Fruit This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical Questions Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Death Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
955	ROM	6	1	pvg3	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ?	1	What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound?	Paul is using rhetorical questions in 6:1–3 to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See 3:8). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that people should keep sinning so that God will be more gracious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
956	ROM	6	1	fxgw	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τί οὖν	1		Here, What then marks a change in topic in 6:1–11, where Paul teaches about the connection between Christian baptism and union with Christ’s death and resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
957	ROM	6	1	fj9e	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν	1	we say	When Paul says we the first time, he is speaking of himself and the other apostles, so we would be exclusive (See the similar language in 3:8). However, when Paul says we the second time, he seems to be including all “who were baptized into Christ Jesus” (See 6:3), so the second use of we would be inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “will we apostles say? Should we believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
958	ROM	6	1	sa16	figs-metaphor	ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of sin as if it were a location. He means that Christians should no longer continue to live sinfully. He also speaks figuratively of grace as though it were a crop (See 5:20). He speaks of the power or influence of grace expanding in the lives of Christians. If your readers would not understand what in sin or increase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Should we continue to live sinfully so that we can experience more of how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
959	ROM	6	1	ju6f	figs-quotations	ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ?	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an exclamatory direct quotation. Alternate translation (change preceding question mark to a comma): “‘Should we continue in sin so that grace may increase?!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
960	ROM	6	1	ngpt	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…ἡ χάρις	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: sin and grace in 5:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
961	ROM	6	1	rsny	figs-declarative	ἐπιμένωμεν	1		Paul could be using the question form, Should we, as an exclamation that communicates an appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for making an appeal. Alternate translation (change preceding question mark to a comma): “We must” or “Let us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
962	ROM	6	1	f5qt	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which someone would sin. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
963	ROM	6	2	pa6g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		May it never be is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in 3:31). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
964	ROM	6	2	rgte	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ?	1		Paul speaks figuratively of sin as if were a location where Christians could live or die. He means that for baptized Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See 5:14,17,21) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See 6:6). If your readers would not understand what to die to sin or live in it means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “We who are no longer dominated by sinning, how could we still live as though we are dominated by sinning” or “Since we are not dominated by sinning anymore, we certainly cannot still live sinfully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
965	ROM	6	2	gddr	figs-exclusive	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν	1		Unless otherwise noted, we and “our” are inclusive of all Christians in this chapter. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “We believers who in Christ died” or “We Christians who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
966	ROM	6	3	ok3v	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1		Here, of the fact that indicates that what follows is the rhetorical answer to the question of are you ignorant. Alternate translation: “of this reality:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
967	ROM	6	3	wh26	writing-pronouns	ὅσοι	1		The pronoun as many as refers to those people who were baptized into Christ Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many people as” or “however many of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
968	ROM	6	3	bd11	figs-metaphor	ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Christ Jesus and his death as if they were locations where someone could be baptized. He means that people who are baptized as Christians are united to Christ Jesus and spiritually share in benefits of his death. If your readers would not understand what baptized into means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “become baptized as a Christians are united to Christ Jesus and also as many as become baptized are united to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
969	ROM	6	3	jfs4	figs-parallelism	ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens when a Christian is baptized. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “become baptized as Christians are spiritually united to Christ Jesus and spiritually participate in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
970	ROM	6	3	tcve	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον	1		See how you translated death in 5:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
971	ROM	6	4	ufp9	figs-parallelism	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1		This sentence means the same thing as 6:3. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens in Christian baptism. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
972	ROM	6	4	f4va	figs-metaphor	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1	We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death	Paul speaks figuratively of baptism as if it were a burial. He means that in the physical act of going under the water in baptism, the Christian ceases to be under the control of eternal death (See “died to sin” in 6:2). If your readers would not understand what buried and baptism into death mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “So then, being baptized represents being buried with Christ in his tomb” or “When we were baptized, we ceased to be controlled by eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
973	ROM	6	4	m43r	grammar-connect-logic-result	συνετάφημεν οὖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, to emphasis what results from baptism. Alternate translation: “So then, we were buried” or “As a result, we were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
974	ROM	6	4	y71v	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον…ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός…ζωῆς	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: death in 6:3, glory in 5:2, and life in 5:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
975	ROM	6	4	k1el	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God instituted baptism. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that we could walk in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
976	ROM	6	4	qa7r	figs-parallelism	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the link between Christ’s resurrection and the Christian’s new way of life after baptism. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would newly live like Christ did when Father gloriously raised him from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
977	ROM	6	4	z6zk	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being raised from the dead, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when the Father gloriously raised Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
978	ROM	6	4	dpy2	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Father gloriously resurrected Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
979	ROM	6	4	t47r	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	Here, the phrase raised from the dead is an idiom meaning “resurrected from where dead people are” (See how you translated this phrase in 4:24). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ resurrected from death” or “Christ resurrected from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
980	ROM	6	4	ce9z	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	Paul is using the adjective the dead as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
981	ROM	6	4	gblc	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe glory that comes from or characterizes the Father. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Father’s” instead of the noun “Father” or make this explicit another way. Alternate translation: “through the glorious power of the Father” or “through the Father’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
982	ROM	6	4	r3hn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1		Father is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Christ Jesus, as his “Son” (See 1:3–4, 7). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “God his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
983	ROM	6	4	gtns	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		Here, the verb might walk is an Old Testament idiom meaning “would live” or “would act.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we might live in new way” or “we would act like new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
984	ROM	6	4	x1t4	figs-rpronouns	καὶ ἡμεῖς	1		Paul uses the phrase we too to emphasize the union of the baptized Christian with Christ’s resurrection. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we who are baptized too” or “even we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
985	ROM	6	4	hyab	figs-possession	ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe life that is characterized by newness. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “renewed” instead of the noun “newness.” Alternate translation: “with a renewed life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
986	ROM	6	4	lvim	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν καινότητι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of newness, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “renewed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
987	ROM	6	5	p6xk	figs-metaphor	εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul speaks figuratively of death and resurrection as if they were things to which baptized Christians could be physically attached. He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritually benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day resurrect as he did. If your readers would not understand what united with means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we participate in Christ’s death through baptism, we will definitely participate in Christ’s life through resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
988	ROM	6	5	jdzp	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ γὰρ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He goes on to conclude that baptized Christians will certainly be united with Christ’s resurrection. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
989	ROM	6	5	xh3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ…τῆς	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	The pronoun his refers to Christ, not the “Father” (See 6:1–3). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s … with Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
990	ROM	6	5	wnd4	figs-metaphor	σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as united can mean “planted with,” Paul may be figuratively likening the process of burying a seed in the ground with being buried with Christ, and the result of a sprouting plant with Christ’s resurrection. If it would help your readers understand, you could make this explicit in your translation. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we have become planted with” or “have grown together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
991	ROM	6	5	z8wa	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ…τῆς ἀναστάσεως	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of likeness and resurrection, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what is like his death … his resurrecting from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
992	ROM	6	5	hg5y	figs-explicit	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	The implication is that likeness of his death refers to “baptism” (See 6:4). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of his death through baptism” or “in baptism that represents dying with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
993	ROM	6	5	ruhn	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλὰ καὶ…ἐσόμεθα	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Here, also certainly strongly emphasizes that the reality of future resurrection is established in Christian baptism. If it would be more natural in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the clause to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that we will” or “it is absolutely certain that we will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
994	ROM	6	5	f1q1	figs-ellipsis	τῆς ἀναστάσεως	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, his is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with his resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
995	ROM	6	6	gv43	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γινώσκοντες	1	our old man was crucified with him	Here, knowing this indicates that what follows is accepted teaching. Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain of this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
996	ROM	6	6	rv8u	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι…ἵνα	1	our old man was crucified with him	What follows that gives the reason why our old man was crucified. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “the reason why … was in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
997	ROM	6	6	fhvh	figs-activepassive	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified our old man with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
998	ROM	6	6	lu12	figs-metaphor	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		Paul speaks figuratively of sinful humanity as if it were an old man nailed to the same cross as Christ. Paul means that when Christ was crucified he destroyed the power of sin and death that controlled humanity (See 6:12–18). If your readers would not understand what old man or crucified with him means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “on Christ’s cross, God crucified the power of sin that controlled humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
999	ROM	6	6	y0ib	writing-pronouns	συνεσταυρώθη	1		The pronoun him refers to Christ (See 6:4). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was crucified with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1000	ROM	6	6	n6o6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God crucified our old man. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1001	ROM	6	6	jw00	figs-metaphor	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	Paul speaks figuratively of the body of sin as if it were a condition of slavery that could be cancelled or made void. He means that how the human race was controlled by living sinfully was spiritually cancelled by the power Christ’s crucifixion. If your readers would not understand what body of sin and nullified and enslaved to sin mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God would completely end how living sinfully controls the human race, and he would free us from how living sinfully enslaves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1002	ROM	6	6	jpge	figs-activepassive	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God nullified how we are dominated by sinning so that living sinfully would no longer control us” or “God canceled the power of sin over our bodies, making us no longer enslaved to living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1003	ROM	6	6	l6pd	figs-possession	τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	the body of sin	Paul is using the possessive form to describe how the body is related to sin. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, the body of sin could refer to: (1) how humans tend to sin. Alternate translation: “our human tendency to sin” or “how living sinfully controls us” (2) how sin controls the human body. Alternate translation: “how sin controls our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1004	ROM	6	6	l3zm	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας…ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	See how you translated the abstract noun sin in 6:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1005	ROM	6	6	c5ie		τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	Use a natural way in your language for expressing a result or purpose clause. This following clause could refer to: (1) the result of the body of sin being nullified. Alternate translation: “causing us to no longer be enslaved to sin” (2) God’s purpose for nullifying the body of sin. Alternate translation: “in order that we would no longer be enslaved to sin” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of nullifying the body of sin. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “in order to cause us no longer be enslaved to sin”
1006	ROM	6	7	qvmj	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		What follows For summarizes the ideas in 6:6. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1007	ROM	6	7	f893	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀποθανὼν	1		The implication is that the one having died is the same as “the old man” who “was crucified” in 6:6. Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” (See 6:2) to be righteous. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any person who dies to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1008	ROM	6	7	hoqm	figs-activepassive	δεδικαίωται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has declared free” or “God declares is righteous” or “God has vindicated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1009	ROM	6	7	z81y	figs-possession	ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how sin is related to has been declared righteous. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from being enslaved to sin” or “from sin’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1010	ROM	6	7	geua	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας	1		See how you translated this abstract noun in 6:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1011	ROM	6	8	wwhf	figs-metaphor	εἰ δὲ ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ	1	we have died with Christ	Paul speaks figuratively of baptized Christians as if they physically died with Christ (See 6:5). He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day live together with him. If your readers would not understand what died with Christ means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we are united to Christ’s death when baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1012	ROM	6	8	mbx9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ	1	we have died with Christ	In this verse, Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true (See also 6:5). Paul has already affirmed that the baptized have died with Christ in 6:3–4. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1013	ROM	6	8	c724	figs-explicit	πιστεύομεν	1	we have died with Christ	The implication is that since baptized Christians have died with Christ, the result is that they have confidence that will eternally live together with him. You could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “we are confident” or “this persuades us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1014	ROM	6	8	cg31	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	we have died with Christ	Here, that indicates that what follows is the result of having died with Christ. Alternate translation: “the result is” or “this means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1015	ROM	6	8	nuc1	figs-explicit	καὶ συνζήσομεν αὐτῷ	1	we have died with Christ	The implication is that live together with him refers to “everlasting life” (See 5:21; 6:4–5). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we will also live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1016	ROM	6	9	bebx	figs-infostructure	εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “knowing that Christ is not going to die again, because he has been raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1017	ROM	6	9	zdkc	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰδότες ὅτι	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	Here, knowing that indicates that what follows is accepted teaching (See 6:6 for a similar phrase). Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1018	ROM	6	9	gjqq	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God caused Christ to resurrect after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1019	ROM	6	9	zkq2	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	See how you translated the phrase raised from the dead in 6:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1020	ROM	6	9	lvv8	figs-parallelism	οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	from the dead	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that Christ can never die again. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “is now Lord over death” or “has completely mastered death’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1021	ROM	6	9	wem1	figs-personification	θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	death no longer has authority over him	Here, death is spoken of figuratively as though it were a lord who could rule over someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he no longer submits to being dead” or “he is not dead anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1022	ROM	6	9	kl3e	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος	1	from the dead	See how you translated the abstract noun death in 6:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1023	ROM	6	10	ehi9	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here, what follows For indicates the reason why Christ “no longer dies” in 6:9.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1024	ROM	6	10	e290	writing-pronouns	ὃ…ὃ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here the phrase translated in that is a pronoun. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, in that could refer to: (1) the way Christ died and lives. Alternate translation: “the way that…the way that” or “how … how” (2) Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “the death … the life” (3) the timing of Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “when … now that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1025	ROM	6	10	aw31	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν…ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Paul speaks figuratively of sin and God as if they were locations in which Christ died and lives (See also the similar wording in 6:2 for how this fact effects baptized Christians)). Paul means that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin” (See 6:6, and now that he is resurrected, he lives for the sake of glorifying God. If your readers would not understand what died for sin and lives for God means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of dominating how sinning controls people … he lives for the sake of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1026	ROM	6	11	cac8	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως	1	In the same way, you also must consider	This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1027	ROM	6	11	zjjv	writing-pronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	In the same way, you also must consider	Throughout 6:11-23, the pronoun you and “your” are plural and refer to the church at Rome. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you at Rome” or “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1028	ROM	6	11	qvoj	figs-rpronouns	λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι	1	In the same way, you also must consider	Paul uses the word yourselves to emphasize how important it is for the church at Rome to personally apply the spiritual benefits of Christ’s death and resurrection to their own lives. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “regard yourselves to be personally” or “reckon yourselves as actually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1029	ROM	6	11	yqub	figs-imperative	λογίζεσθε	1	In the same way, you also must consider	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal or a command. Alternate translation: “should consider” or “consider” or “reckon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1030	ROM	6	11	dw6l	figs-metaphor	εἶναι νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	dead to sin	Paul speaks figuratively of sin and God and Christ as if they were locations where Christians could die and live (See also 6:2. 10). Paul means that for Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See 5:14, 5:17, 5:21) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See 6:6). This happens when they are united to Christ Jesus in baptism (See 6:3–4). If your readers would not understand what be dead to sin or alive to God or in Christ Jesus mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer dominated by living sinfully, but people who are spiritually resurrected by God because you are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1031	ROM	6	12	pp2t	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	Here, Therefore indicates that what follows is how the church at Rome should respond to the fact that they are “dead to sin, but alive to God in Christ Jesus” (See 6:11). Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1032	ROM	6	12	s6h1	figs-personification	μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι, εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	Here, sin is spoken of figuratively as though it were king of a place called mortal body (See 5:21), and who demands obedience. Paul means that Christians should not allow sin and lusts dominate the way they use their bodies. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you must not allow your physical body to become ruled by sinning, by submitting to lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1033	ROM	6	12	z7zh	figs-imperative	μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal or command. Alternate translation: “you should not allow sin to be king” or “I urge you, do not to let sin reign like a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1034	ROM	6	12	cm8d	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι	1	in your mortal body	Paul could be referring figuratively to the body, one part of the human being, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “over you” or “any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1035	ROM	6	12	z1ia	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι,	1	in your mortal body	The word body is a singular noun and could emphasize the unity of the individual members of the whole church at Rome. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “over your mortal bodies” or “throughout your whole church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1036	ROM	6	12	r462	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	This phrase indicates what happens when sin rules. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, to obey could refer to: (1) the result of letting sin rule. Alternate translation: “causing you to become obedient to lusting sinfully” (2) the way sin rules. Alternate translation: “by obeying how it tempts you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1037	ROM	6	12	zs9g	figs-abstractnouns	ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lusts, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1038	ROM	6	12	kh3w	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The pronoun its refers to mortal body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your mortal body’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1039	ROM	6	13	wt07	figs-infostructure	μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not present your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members to God as tools of righteousness. In other words, present yourselves to God, as living from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1040	ROM	6	13	mxto	figs-metaphor	μηδὲ παριστάνετε…παραστήσατε	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if their body parts were tools that could be offered in service or used by someone. He means that the church at Rome should no longer use their body parts for sinning, but instead to live in the way God wants. If your readers would not understand what it means to present in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “do not offer … offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1041	ROM	6	13	rnho	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you use your body parts to live unrighteously through sinning … your body parts … to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1042	ROM	6	13	r0ak	figs-synecdoche	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul could be referring figuratively to the members, the body parts of the human being, to mean the whole person (See 6:12). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Here, your members could mean: (1) the whole person. Alternative translation: “yourselves … yourselves” (2) the individual body parts. Alternate translation: “your body parts … your body parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1043	ROM	6	13	qncn	figs-possession	ὅπλα ἀδικίας…ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe what characterizes these tools. Alternate translation: “as unrighteous tools … as righteous tools” or “as tools for living unrighteously … as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1044	ROM	6	13	hlzf		ὅπλα…ὅπλα	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as tools often means “weapons,” Paul could be stressing the spiritual warfare that is involved for the Christian to “not allow sin to rule over” them (See 6:14). If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “as weapons … as weapons”
1045	ROM	6	13	dz8u	figs-ellipsis	ὅπλα…ὅπλα	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, as is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as tools … as tools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1046	ROM	6	13	zgd3	figs-parallelism	παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	These two phrases basically mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to urge the church at Rome to commit their whole lives to God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can reorder and combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Instead, because you are free from living sinfully through being baptized, use every body part as a tool for serving God” or “Instead, because you are no longer dominated by living sinfully in baptism, present your whole body and life to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1047	ROM	6	13	oiz0	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοὺς	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul uses the word yourselves to emphasize how the church at Rome should commit their whole lives to God. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “your whole lives” or “yourselves completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1048	ROM	6	13	px9k	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The point of this comparison is that the church at Rome should live in such a way that demonstrates that the reality that they have been baptized, and are now dead to sin, but alive to God (See 6:11). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because through being baptized you are free from living sinfully” or “because through baptism you are no longer dominated by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1049	ROM	6	14	u36f	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἁμαρτία γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are not under law, but under grace, do not allow sin to rule over you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1050	ROM	6	14	gez3	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	See how you translated the similar phrase in 6:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1051	ROM	6	14	bl09	figs-declarative	ἁμαρτία…οὐ κυριεύσει	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul is using a future statement to give a command or strong appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command or appeal. Alternate translation: “sin must not rule over” or “do not allow sin to rule over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1052	ROM	6	14	caqv	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Here, For indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul urges the church at Rome not to allow sin to rule over them. Alternate translation: “The reason for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1053	ROM	6	14	a0dz	figs-personification	οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul speaks figuratively of law and grace as if they were a kingdoms ruled by sin (See 5:17, 21 for a similar idea). He means that believing and baptized Jewish Christians are freed from the spiritual dominion of the requirements of the law, and now they serve the gracious God (See 6:15–23). If your readers would not understand what it means to under law and under grace in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, the law no longer dominates you, but you are freed by how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1054	ROM	6	14	ypqx	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of grace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serve the gracious God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1055	ROM	6	15	zxb8	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is using a rhetorical questions in 6:15–16 to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See also 6:1–3). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that we should keep sinning since the law no longer dominates us, and because we now are freed by how gracious God is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1056	ROM	6	15	a74y	figs-ellipsis	τί οὖν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying” or “What are we saying then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1057	ROM	6	15	rtts	figs-quotations	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation that is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying? ‘We should sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” or “What are we saying then? ‘Let us sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1058	ROM	6	15	t4cc	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ χάριν	1	May it never be	See how you translated this abstract noun phrase in 6:14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1059	ROM	6	15	c77g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	May it never be is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in 3:31). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1060	ROM	6	16	n5j4	figs-hypo	οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “Suppose you present yourselves to someone to obey as slaves. Then you would become slaves to that person you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1061	ROM	6	16	hn6y	writing-pronouns	ᾧ…ᾧ	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	The pronoun translated what can indicate a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, what could refer to: (1) the concepts of sin and obedience. Alternate translation: “to whatever … to whatever” (2) anyone or anything. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1062	ROM	6	16	g6zz		παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	See how you translated this similar phrase in 6:13.
1063	ROM	6	16	psrr	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοήν	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are presenting themselves as slaves. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1064	ROM	6	16	zim4	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπακοήν…ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of obedience, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1065	ROM	6	16	h0ar	figs-personification	ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Here, sin and obedience are spoken of as if they were masters that slaves would obey. Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up obeying either sin or God, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether you serve as slaves by sinning, leading you to die, or you serve as slaves by obeying God, leading you to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1066	ROM	6	16	f595	figs-ellipsis	ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whether you present yourselves as slaves of sin leading to death, or you present yourselves as slaves of obedience leading to righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1067	ROM	6	16	gtzd	figs-possession	ἁμαρτίας…ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is using the possessive form to describe slaves that belong to sin or obedience. If this is not clear in your language, you could use make that idea explicit. Alternate translation: “slaves that belong to sin … slaves that belong to obedience” or “sin’s slaves … obedience’s slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1068	ROM	6	16	cyct	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας…θάνατον…δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	See how you translated the abstract noun sin in 6:15, death in 6:9, and righteousness in 6:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1069	ROM	6	16	zfgc	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	These phrases indicate result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading to death … leading to righteousness” or “bringing death … bringing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1070	ROM	6	17	xj75	figs-exclamations	χάρις…τῷ Θεῷ	1	For you were slaves of sin	What follows this exclamatory phrase indicates the reason why Paul is thankful to God. Use an exclamation form that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1071	ROM	6	17	yxt7	figs-personification	δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For you were slaves of sin	See how you translated the similar phrase of sin in 6:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1072	ROM	6	17	uwcy	figs-personification	ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	Here, the pattern of teaching is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be obeyed. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “but you fully accepted the form of teaching that others passed on to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1073	ROM	6	17	g1gn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2	For you were slaves of sin	What follows the word but here is meant to strongly contrast the former sinful life of Christians at Rome. Instead, they now have obeyed God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” or “on the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1074	ROM	6	17	n3nz	writing-pronouns	ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	The pronoun which refers to the pattern. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you became willingly obedient to which pattern of teaching you were given” or “you are now fully obedient to that pattern of teaching that others passed down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1075	ROM	6	17	my2z	figs-metonymy	ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας	1	but you have obeyed from the heart	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s inner being or motives. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you became wholeheartedly obedient” or “you totally obeyed” or “you obeyed from deep within” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1076	ROM	6	17	osck	figs-explicit	εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	The implication is that the pattern of teaching is the apostolic traditions (See note on “we” in 3:8 and the same verb or noun forms used in 1 Corinthians 11:2; 2 Thessalonians 2:15; 3:6; 2 Timothy 1:13). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the apostles’ teaching that others orally transmitted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1077	ROM	6	17	pz14	figs-activepassive	εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε	1	the pattern of teaching that you were given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave other apostles to transmit to you” or “that others passed on to you” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1078	ROM	6	18	fcd1	figs-personification	ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	You have been made free from sin	Here, sin and righteousness are spoken of as if they were masters that slaves would obey (See 6:16). Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up serving either sin or righteousness, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Ever since God freed you being enslaved to living sinfully, you became enslaved to living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1079	ROM	6	18	y2zg	figs-activepassive	ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε	1	You have been made free from sin	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Now that God freed you from sin, he enslaved you” or “Since God released you from serving as slaves to sin, he enslaved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1080	ROM	6	18	twpq	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνῃ	1	You have been made free from sin	See how you translated the abstract nouns sin and righteousness in 6:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1081	ROM	6	19	jlmd	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνθρώπινον λέγω, διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of the weakness of your flesh, I speak as a man” or “Because you are still immature, I have to speak in simple terms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1082	ROM	6	19	puvh	figs-idiom	ἀνθρώπινον λέγω	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, the phrase as a man is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being” (See a similar phrase in 3:5). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1083	ROM	6	19	zi2o	writing-participants	λέγω	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here Paul speaks in the first person again. Use the natural form in your language for referring to an previously mentioned writer. The pronoun I reiterates that Paul is the writer of this letter. Since he is an old participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that explicit by using his name. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1084	ROM	6	19	lhh4	figs-nominaladj	ἀνθρώπινον	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Paul is using the adjective phrase as a man as a noun in order to describe the way he is speaking. He means that he is speaking from a human perspective or with ideas any person could understand. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from a human perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1085	ROM	6	19	gt1n	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how immature you are … body parts … act impurely and increasingly wicked behavior … your body parts … for living rightly in order to live like God’s people should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1086	ROM	6	19	l4ah	figs-idiom	τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, the term flesh is an idiom meaning “human.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “how immature you are” or “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1087	ROM	6	19	bmo7	figs-parallelism	ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between being slaves to uncleanness and slaves to righteousness. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1088	ROM	6	19	jbcz	figs-personification	ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, uncleanness and ** righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters of members. Paul means that the church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, but should now use their bodies to serve righteous purposes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way you used to slavishly offer yourselves to live impurely, leading you to act more and more lawless, so now offer yourselves to live righteously for God, leading you to act holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1089	ROM	6	19	ran5	figs-synecdoche	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	Paul refers figuratively to members, parts of the human body, to mean the whole person (See also 6:13). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “yourselves … yourselves” or “your bodies … your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1090	ROM	6	19	ka0f	figs-imperative	νῦν παραστήσατε	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates either an urgent appeal or a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “I beg you” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “you must now use” or “I beg you now to present” or “I urge you now to offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1091	ROM	6	19	o0ta	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading you to live holy” or “causing you to become sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1092	ROM	6	20	s9pk	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, For introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1093	ROM	6	20	aavw	figs-parallelism	δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to emphasize the relationship between sin and righteousness. Be sure to retain the similar phrasing to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1094	ROM	6	20	i1ze	figs-personification	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, sin and righteousness are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not slaves of righteousness by serving God’s purposes (See 6:19). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you did not serve God” or “you were not enslaved to righteousness” or “you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1095	ROM	6	20	mu0y	figs-irony	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1		Paul is not making a serious suggestion here that sinful people are not required to live righteously. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of free. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were unrighteous” or “you were alienated from serving God’s righteous purposes” or “you were unable to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1096	ROM	6	21	x3bn	grammar-connect-logic-result	τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε? τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Since the outcome of those things is death, what fruit then did you have from that of which you are now ashamed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1097	ROM	6	21	kjl5	figs-rquestion	τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in 6:20. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So then, it is clear that the shameful way you used to live never produced anything beneficial for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1098	ROM	6	21	vgam	figs-idiom	καρπὸν	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Here, the term fruit is an idiom meaning “benefit” or “advantage.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “advantage” or “profit” or “value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1099	ROM	6	21	pnbm	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ οἷς…ἐκείνων	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	The implication is that which things and those things refer to sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of which sins … those sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1100	ROM	6	21	j2ie	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of outcome, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “This is because what finally results from those things is death” or “Certainly, those things end in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1101	ROM	6	22	x8vw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δέ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	Here what follows But now strongly contrasts the way the baptized Christians at Rome used to live as “slaves to sin” (See 6:20). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However presently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1102	ROM	6	22	fmtc	figs-personification	ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	Here, sin and God are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not serving God or “righteousness” (See 6:18 for a similar phrase). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “ever since God freed you from being enslaved to living sinfully, and you began to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1103	ROM	6	22	z3ap	figs-activepassive	ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Now that God freed you from sin, and he enslaved you to serve as his slaves” or “Since God released you from serving as slaves to sin, and he enslaved you to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1104	ROM	6	22	npf3	figs-idiom	ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν	1	you have your fruit for sanctification	See how you translated this idiom in 6:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1105	ROM	6	22	a478	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ…τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	The result is eternal life	See how you translated the abstract nouns sanctification in 6:19, the outcome in 6:21, and everlasting life in 5:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1106	ROM	6	22	lvhh	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	you have your fruit for sanctification	This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “that leads to sanctification” or “that causes you to become holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1107	ROM	6	23	ze3f	figs-personification	τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here, sin is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could pay wages. Paul means that the result of living sinfully is eternal death. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, when a person lives sinfully it results in eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1108	ROM	6	23	juc4	figs-metaphor	τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul speaks figuratively of death as if it were a wages paid to those who sin. He means that the result of living sinfully is eternal death. If your readers would not understand what wages or death means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “This is because whoever lives sinfully earns eternal death as if it were wages for work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1109	ROM	6	23	ffpr	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here what follows forsummarizes chapter 6 and its theme of the results of living sinfully and living righteously. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1110	ROM	6	23	iyv3	figs-possession	τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the wages that come from sin. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or communicate that another way. Alternate translation: “sin’s wages” or “the wages that come from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1111	ROM	6	23	slyb	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος; τὸ…χάρισμα…ζωὴ αἰώνιος	1	For the wages of sin are death	See how you translated the abstract nouns death in 6:21, gracious gift in 5:15–16, and everlasting life in 6:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1112	ROM	6	23	cwkw	figs-possession	τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the gracious gift that comes from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or communicate that another way. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious gift” or “the gracious gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1113	ROM	6	23	jn66	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul speaks figuratively of eternal life as if it were occupying space inside of Christ Jesus. Paul means that eternal life comes by being united to Christ Jesus in baptism (See 6:3–4, 11). If your readers would not understand what in Christ Jesus means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1114	ROM	6	23	qq9e	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here, our refers to all baptized Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1115	ROM	7	intro	fl1y			0		Romans 7 General Notes Structure and formatting Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39) Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14) Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23) Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6) Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:7–25) “Or do you not know” Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching. Special concepts in this chapter “We have been released from the law” Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Marriage Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Flesh This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1116	ROM	7	1	mk7w	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ?	1	do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the law his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because you are Jewish, you certainly understand that what God requires in his law obligates you to obey it for as long as you live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1117	ROM	7	1	r9fl	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί…τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ	1	brothers	Although the term brothers and the man and he are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “my fellow Jewish believers in Christ … a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1118	ROM	7	1	s4su	figs-aside	(γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ)	1	brothers	Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers of the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “(this is because I am writing to Jewish believers in Christ)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
1119	ROM	7	1	j67x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	brothers	Here what follows For indicates the reason why these brothers should understand what Paul is saying (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1120	ROM	7	1	ajk4	writing-pronouns	λαλῶ	1	brothers	The pronoun I refers to Paul (See 6:19). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1121	ROM	7	1	k3h5	figs-personification	γινώσκουσιν…νόμον	1	brothers	Here, the law is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who someone else could know. Paul means that these Jewish believers in Christ understand what God’s law teaches. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to people who know what the law teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1122	ROM	7	1	okz5	figs-personification	ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	brothers	Here, the law is spoken of figuratively as though it were king. Paul means that, like a king, the law requires obedience for those who are obligated to obey it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a king, God’s law must be obeyed by every Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1123	ROM	7	2	hpn4	figs-activepassive	ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ…δέδεται νόμῳ…κατήργηται	1	Connecting Statement:	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to what his law teaches, God binds the married woman … God releases her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1124	ROM	7	2	l6d9	figs-personification	ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ	1	the married woman is bound by law to the husband	Here, law is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could tie someone up. Paul means that the law teaches that a married woman is required to stay married to her husband for as long he is alive. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, according to what his law teaches, God requires a married woman to remain married to her husband as long as he lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1125	ROM	7	2	as1h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, For indicates that what follows in 7:2–3 is an example from God’s law (See that illustrates Paul’s assertion in 7:1 about how “the law rules over the man for as long as he lives”). Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1126	ROM	7	3	w3yw			0	Connecting Statement:	This verse ends a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” (Romans 7:1).
1127	ROM	7	3	r2m4	figs-activepassive	μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει	1	she will be called an adulteress	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider her an adulteress” or “people will call her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1128	ROM	7	3	wg4k		ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	she is free from the law	Here being free from the law means not having to obey the law. In this case, the woman does not have to obey the law that says that a married woman cannot marry another man. Alternate translation: “she does not have to obey that law”
1129	ROM	7	4	ne64		ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου	1	Therefore, my brothers	This relates back to Romans 7:1.
1130	ROM	7	4	u5nu		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, brothers refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1131	ROM	7	4	z8zj	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you also died to the law when through Christ you died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1132	ROM	7	4	t9nt	figs-idiom	τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι	1	to him who was raised from the dead	Here, raised from the dead is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “to him who was caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1133	ROM	7	4	rj6u	figs-activepassive	τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι	1		You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “to him whom God raised from the dead” or “to him whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1134	ROM	7	4	c4rl	figs-metaphor	καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ	1	we might produce fruit for God	Here, fruit is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1135	ROM	7	5	xed9	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ	1	to bear fruit for death	Here, fruit is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1136	ROM	7	6	mze7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law.
1137	ROM	7	6	l8w4	figs-activepassive	κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	we have been released from the law	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1138	ROM	7	6	j6i3	figs-exclusive	κατηργήθημεν	1	we have been released	The pronoun we refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1139	ROM	7	6	l2l3	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα	1	to that by which we were held	This refers to the law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the law which held us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1140	ROM	7	6	rm8r	figs-explicit	γράμματος	1	the letter	Here, the letter refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “of the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1141	ROM	7	7	k1jj	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What will we say then?	Paul uses this phrase to introduce a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1142	ROM	7	7	erx6		μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	“Of course that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in Romans 9:14.
1143	ROM	7	7	zl8m	figs-personification	τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου	1	I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law	Paul is speaking of sin as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1144	ROM	7	8	mz77	figs-personification	ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν;	1	But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust	Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1145	ROM	7	8	r5i2		χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά	1	without the law, sin is dead	Alternate translation: “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin”
1146	ROM	7	9	q9le	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν	1	sin regained life	This could mean: (1) Paul realized that he was sinning. (2) Paul strongly desired to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1147	ROM	7	10	yu1u	figs-metaphor	εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν, αὕτη εἰς θάνατον.	1	The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me	Paul speaks of God’s commandment as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1148	ROM	7	11	r582	figs-personification	ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν	1	For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me	As in Romans 7:7-8, Paul is describing sin as a person who can do three things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: “Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1149	ROM	7	11	qi99		ἡ…ἁμαρτία	1	sin	Alternate translation: “my desire to sin”
1150	ROM	7	11	f6sx	figs-metaphor	ἀπέκτεινεν	1	it killed me	Paul speaks of sin as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “it separated me from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1151	ROM	7	13	cz5k			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between sin in his inner man and his mind with the law of God—between sin and good.
1152	ROM	7	13	us69		οὖν	1	So	Paul is introducing a new topic.
1153	ROM	7	13	e1bx	figs-rquestion	τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος?	1	did what is good become death to me?	Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1154	ROM	7	13	g451		τὸ…ἀγαθὸν	1	what is good	This refers to God’s law.
1155	ROM	7	13	qwe9		ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος	1	become death to me	Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die”
1156	ROM	7	13	hgm6	figs-rquestion	μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “Of course that is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1157	ROM	7	13	m4l5	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον;	1	sin … brought about death in me	Paul is viewing sin as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1158	ROM	7	13	pnq6		μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον	1	brought about death in me	Alternate translation: “separated me from God”
1159	ROM	7	13	a6zb		διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς	1	through the commandment	Alternate translation: “because I disobeyed the commandment”
1160	ROM	7	15	udc8			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good.
1161	ROM	7	15	u3av		ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω	1	For what I do, I do not really understand	Alternate translation: “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do”
1162	ROM	7	15	hv9g		ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι	1	For what I do	Alternate translation: “Because what I do”
1163	ROM	7	15	az2z	figs-hyperbole	οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω	2	what I want to do, this I do not do	The words I do not do are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1164	ROM	7	15	zv5l	figs-hyperbole	ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ.	1	what I hate, this I do	The words I do, which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1165	ROM	7	16	y26s		εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ	1	But if I do	Alternate translation: “However, if I do what I do not want to do”
1166	ROM	7	16	q3b5		σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός	1	I agree with the law	Alternate translation: “I know God’s law is good”
1167	ROM	7	17	f6n8	figs-personification	ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία	1	the sin that lives in me	Paul describes sin as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1168	ROM	7	18	p1c1	figs-metonymy	τῇ σαρκί μου	1	my flesh	Here, flesh is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1169	ROM	7	19	ri3b		ἀγαθόν	1	the good	Alternate translation: “the good deeds” or “the good actions”
1170	ROM	7	19	j69g		κακὸν	1	the evil	Alternate translation: “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions”
1171	ROM	7	20	afw6	figs-personification	ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία	1	rather sin that lives in me	Paul speaks of sin as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1172	ROM	7	21	fbr9	figs-personification	ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται	1	that evil is actually present in me	Paul speaks of evil here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1173	ROM	7	22	m13q	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον	1	the inner man	This refers to the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1174	ROM	7	23	clu4		βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με	1	But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive	Alternate translation: “But I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me”
1175	ROM	7	23	t7yh		τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου	1	new principle	This refers to the new spiritually-alive nature.
1176	ROM	7	23	fct8		ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου	1	a different principle in my body parts	This refers to the old nature, the way people are when they are born.
1177	ROM	7	23	u4ny		τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου	1	the principle of sin that is in my body parts	Alternate translation: “my sinful nature”
1178	ROM	7	24	h8l8	figs-rquestion	τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου?	1	Who will deliver me from this body of death?	Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: “I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1179	ROM	7	24	nu6u		με ῥύσεται	1	deliver me	Alternate translation: “will rescue me”
1180	ROM	7	24	md8e	figs-metaphor	τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου	1	this body of death	This is a metaphor that means a body that will experience physical death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1181	ROM	7	25	w9ui		χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord	This is the answer to the question in 7:24.
1182	ROM	7	25	adx1	figs-metaphor	ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας	1	So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin	The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either the law of God or the principle of sin. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: “My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1183	ROM	8	intro	ev4r			0		Romans 8 General Notes Structure and formatting Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39) Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14) Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23) Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6) Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:7–25) The Holy Spirit dwells in Christians (8:1–27) Christians have confidence in God’s love (8:28–8:39) The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Indwelling of the Spirit The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) “These are sons of God” Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]]) Predestination Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphor Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter No condemnation This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word “condemn” has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being “condemned to hell.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]]) Flesh This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
1184	ROM	8	1	xq2y			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good.
1185	ROM	8	1	xw65	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus	Here, condemnation refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1186	ROM	8	1	i12t		ἄρα	1	therefore	Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true”
1187	ROM	8	2	x8uu	figs-explicit	ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus	Here, the Spirit of life refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the working of the Holy Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1188	ROM	8	2	th4n	figs-metaphor	ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	has set you free from the law of sin and death	Being set free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1189	ROM	8	2	u82e		τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	the law of sin and death	This could mean: (1) the law of Moses, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” (2) Paul is stating the principle that people sin and die.
1190	ROM	8	3	j98t	figs-personification	τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς	1	For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did	Here the law is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1191	ROM	8	3	etf2		διὰ τῆς σαρκός	1	through the flesh	Alternate translation: “because of people’s sinful nature”
1192	ROM	8	3	p4qq		τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1	He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin	The Son of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin.
1193	ROM	8	3	csl8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν	1	Son	Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1194	ROM	8	3	uf94		ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας	1	in the likeness of sinful flesh	Alternate translation: “who looked like any other sinful human being”
1195	ROM	8	3	hfr2		καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	to be an offering for sin	Alternate translation: “so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins”
1196	ROM	8	3	es29		κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί	1	he condemned sin in the flesh	Alternate translation: “God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son”
1197	ROM	8	4	j9ff	figs-activepassive	τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “we might fulfill what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1198	ROM	8	4	acc4	figs-metaphor	τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν	1	we who walk not according to the flesh	Here, walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1199	ROM	8	4	bgg7	figs-idiom	τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν	1		Here, flesh is an idiom for sinful human nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1200	ROM	8	4	a5t4		ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα	1	but according to the Spirit	Alternate translation: “but who obey the Holy Spirit”
1201	ROM	8	6	y6p7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have.
1202	ROM	8	6	vyw4	figs-personification	τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	the mind set on the flesh … the mind set on the Spirit	Here Paul speaks of both the mind of the flesh and the mind of the Spirit as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think … the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1203	ROM	8	8	me7u		οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες	1	Those who are in the flesh	This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do.
1204	ROM	8	9	czm9		ἐν σαρκὶ	1	in the flesh	“acting according to your sinful natures.” See how the flesh was translated in Romans 8:5.
1205	ROM	8	9	e54u		ἐν Πνεύματι	1	in the Spirit	Alternate translation: “acting according to the Holy Spirit”
1206	ROM	8	9	p55f		Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ	1	Spirit … God’s Spirit … Spirit of Christ	These all refer to the Holy Spirit.
1207	ROM	8	9	bei3		εἴπερ	1	if it is true that	This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because”
1208	ROM	8	10	q8be	figs-explicit	εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If Christ is in you	How Christ lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1209	ROM	8	10	e6g9	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν	1	the body is dead with respect to sin	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually dead to the power of sin. (2) the physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1210	ROM	8	10	yb1b	figs-idiom	τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right. (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1211	ROM	8	11	jlc9		εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If the Spirit … lives in you	Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit of the one who raised Jesus from the dead lives in you”
1212	ROM	8	11	b9pu		τοῦ ἐγείραντος	1	of him who raised	Alternate translation: “of God, who raised”
1213	ROM	8	11	jr6p	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	raised Jesus	Here “to raise” is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1214	ROM	8	11	t27d		τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν	1	mortal bodies	Alternate translation: “your physical bodies” or “your bodies, which will die someday”
1215	ROM	8	12	mv1r		ἄρα οὖν	1	So then	Alternate translation: “Because what I have just told you is true”
1216	ROM	8	12	qw5b		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1217	ROM	8	12	e3j8	figs-metaphor	ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν	1	we are debtors	Paul is speaking of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. Alternate translation: “we need to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1218	ROM	8	12	fb3m	figs-ellipsis	οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ, τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν	1	but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh	You can include the implied word “debtors.” Alternate translation: “but we are not debtors to the flesh, and we do not have to obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1219	ROM	8	13	ri75		εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε	1	For if you live according to the flesh	Alternate translation: “Because if you live only to please your sinful desires”
1220	ROM	8	13	b9n5		μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	you are about to die	Alternate translation: “you will certainly be separated from God”
1221	ROM	8	13	ld2h	figs-metaphor	εἰ δὲ Πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε	1	but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions	Paul speaks of not doing sinful deeds as putting them to death. Alternate translation: “but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1222	ROM	8	14	u8pv	figs-activepassive	ὅσοι γὰρ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται	1	For as many as are led by the Spirit of God	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For all the people whom the Spirit of God leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1223	ROM	8	14	gd1i		υἱοί Θεοῦ	1	sons of God	Here, sons of God refers to all believers in Jesus.
1224	ROM	8	15	ecq3		ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν	1	by which we cry	Alternate translation: “who causes us to cry out”
1225	ROM	8	15	vxs9	translate-unknown	Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ	1	Abba, Father	Abba is the word for Father in the Aramaic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1226	ROM	8	17	fj7w	figs-metaphor	κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ	1	heirs of God	Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “we also will one day receive what God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1227	ROM	8	17	q751	figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοι…Χριστοῦ	1	we are joint heirs with Christ	Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. God will give to us what he gives to Christ. Alternate translation: “we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1228	ROM	8	17	j6ia	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν	1	that we may also be glorified with him	God will honor Christian believers when he honors Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God may glorify us along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1229	ROM	8	18	phk6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds us as believers that our bodies will be changed at the redemption of our bodies in this section which ends in Romans 8:25.
1230	ROM	8	18	i5nu		γὰρ	1	For	This emphasizes I consider. Here, it does not mean “because.”
1231	ROM	8	18	b3b1	figs-activepassive	λογίζομαι…ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ, πρὸς	1	I consider that … are not worthy to be compared with	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1232	ROM	8	18	jjb8	figs-activepassive	μέλλουσαν…ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1	will be revealed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God will reveal” or “that God will make known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1233	ROM	8	19	d911	figs-personification	ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως, τὴν…ἀπεκδέχεται	1	the eager expectation of the creation waits for	Paul describes everything that God created as a person who eagerly waits for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1234	ROM	8	19	dm6s	figs-activepassive	τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for the revealing of the sons of God	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for the time when God will reveal his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1235	ROM	8	19	sr2p		τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	sons of God	Here refers to all believers in Jesus.
1236	ROM	8	20	l9ab	figs-activepassive	τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι, ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη	1	For the creation was subjected to futility	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God caused what he had created to be unable to achieve what he intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1237	ROM	8	20	yvl3	figs-personification	οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα	1	not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it	Here Paul describes “creation” as a person who can desire. Alternate translation: “not because this is what the created things wanted, but because it is what God wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1238	ROM	8	21	l6qc	figs-activepassive	αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται	1	the creation itself will be delivered	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1239	ROM	8	21	ba5h	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς	1	from slavery to decay	Here being in slavery to decay is a metaphor for being certain to decay. Alternate translation: “from being destined to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1240	ROM	8	21	tx57	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God	Here, freedom is in contrast with slavery to decay. It is a metaphor meaning that the creation will not decay. Alternate translation: “that it will become gloriously free from decay like the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1241	ROM	8	22	l69k	figs-metaphor	οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν	1	For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now	The creation is compared to a woman who groans while giving birth to a baby. Alternate translation: “For we know that everything that God created wants to be free and groans for it like a woman giving birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1242	ROM	8	23	k1wy	figs-explicit	υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι	1	waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body	Here, our adoption refers to when we will become full members of God’s family, as adopted sons. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1243	ROM	8	23	qsb9	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν	1		Here, the word redemption means when God saves us. Alternate translation: “when he saves our bodies from decay and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1244	ROM	8	24	x4gi	figs-activepassive	τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν	1	For in this certain hope we were saved	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God saved us because we hoped in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1245	ROM	8	24	tks9	figs-rquestion	ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς; ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει?	1	Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see?	Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what hope is. Alternate translation: “But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1246	ROM	8	26	h8jy			0	Connecting Statement:	Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us.
1247	ROM	8	26	jmp8		στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις	1	inexpressible groans	Alternate translation: “with groanings that we cannot express in words”
1248	ROM	8	27	tq4n		ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	He who searches the hearts	Here, the one refers to God.
1249	ROM	8	27	tz5h	figs-metonymy	ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας	1		Here, hearts is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who searches all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1250	ROM	8	27	v184	figs-metaphor	ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας	1		The phrase searches the hearts is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1251	ROM	8	28	w4rz			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God’s love.
1252	ROM	8	28	q3ce	figs-activepassive	τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν	2	for those who are called	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1253	ROM	8	29	m3vv		οὓς προέγνω	1	those whom he foreknew	Alternate translation: “those whom he knew before he even created them”
1254	ROM	8	29	rg4t		καὶ προώρισεν	1	he also predestined	Alternate translation: “he also made it their destiny” or “he also planned in advance for them”
1255	ROM	8	29	xhn2	figs-activepassive	συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	to be conformed to the image of his Son	God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that he would change them to be like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1256	ROM	8	29	yuw2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1257	ROM	8	29	lf49		εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον	1	that he might be the firstborn	Alternate translation: “so that his Son would be the firstborn”
1258	ROM	8	29	s552	figs-explicit	ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	among many brothers	Here, brothers refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1259	ROM	8	30	hg3f		οὓς…προώρισεν	1	Those whom he predestined	Alternate translation: “those whom God made plans for in advance”
1260	ROM	8	30	g1y3	figs-explicit	τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν	1	these he also justified	Here, justified is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1261	ROM	8	30	g29g	figs-explicit	τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν	1	these he also glorified	The word glorified is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he will also glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1262	ROM	8	31	xpu3	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν?	1	What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us?	Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: “This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1263	ROM	8	32	l73i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1	He who did not spare his own Son	God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here, Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1264	ROM	8	32	b3au		ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	but delivered him up	Alternate translation: “but put him under the control of his enemies”
1265	ROM	8	32	gk4l	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται?	1	how will he not also with him freely give us all things?	Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will certainly and freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1266	ROM	8	32	rib2		πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται	1	freely give us all things	Alternate translation: “he will certainly also kindly give us all things”
1267	ROM	8	33	vr1b	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν.	1	Who will bring any accusation against God’s chosen ones? God is the one who justifies	Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1268	ROM	8	34	vt5r	figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν?	1	Who is the one who condemns?	Paul uses a question for emphasis. He does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one will condemn us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1269	ROM	8	34	vd8g	translate-symaction	ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who is at the right hand of God	To be at the right hand of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1270	ROM	8	35	h9ba	figs-rquestion	τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ?	1	Who will separate us from the love of Christ?	Paul uses this question to teach that nothing can separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “No one will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” or “Nothing will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1271	ROM	8	35	m2hl	figs-ellipsis	θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα?	1	Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword?	The words “shall separate us from the love of Christ” are understood from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1272	ROM	8	35	ldx1	figs-rquestion	θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα?	1	Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword?	Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1273	ROM	8	35	qe2z	figs-abstractnouns	θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα	1	Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword?	The abstract nouns can be expressed with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1274	ROM	8	35	kcjr	figs-metonymy	ἢ μάχαιρα	1		Here, sword is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “or being killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1275	ROM	8	35	q2dc	figs-doublet	θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία	1	Tribulation, or distress	These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1276	ROM	8	36	t67y	figs-you	ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ	1	For your benefit	Here, your is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1277	ROM	8	36	s7wj	figs-exclusive	θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν	1	we are killed all day long	Here, we refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1278	ROM	8	36	h6v7	figs-hyperbole	θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν	1		The phrase all day long is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. Alternate translation: “we are continually killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1279	ROM	8	36	phxq	figs-activepassive	θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1280	ROM	8	36	g3pi	figs-simile	ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς	1	We were considered as sheep for the slaughter	Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. Alternate translation: “Our lives are considered of no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1281	ROM	8	36	gmi0	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1282	ROM	8	37	iui3		ὑπερνικῶμεν	1	we are more than conquerors	Alternate translation: “we have complete victory”
1283	ROM	8	37	wcm6	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς	1	through the one who loved us	You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1284	ROM	8	38	fch1		πέπεισμαι	1	I have been convinced	Alternate translation: “I am confident”
1285	ROM	8	38	js9q		ἀρχαὶ	1	governments	This could refer to: (1) demons. (2) human kings and rulers.
1286	ROM	8	38	q7ti		οὔτε δυνάμεις	1	nor powers	This could refer to: (1) spiritual beings with power. (2) human beings with power.
1287	ROM	9	intro	w6f4			0		Romans 9 General Notes Structure and formatting God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36) Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5) God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13) God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18) No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33) In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Flesh Paul uses the word “flesh” in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]]) In other chapters, Paul uses the word “brother” to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses “my brothers” to mean his kinsmen the Israelites. Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as “children of God” and “children of the promise.” Predestination Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Stone of stumbling Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This “stone of stumbling” causes them to “fall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel” Paul uses the word “Israel” in this verse with two different meanings. The first “Israel” means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second “Israel” means those who are God’s people through faith. The UST reflects this.
1288	ROM	9	1	b89f			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe.
1289	ROM	9	1	yg93	figs-doublet	ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie	These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1290	ROM	9	1	h9mp		συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say”
1291	ROM	9	2	jx3a	figs-idiom	ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου	1	that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart	Here, unceasing pain in my heart is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1292	ROM	9	2	jky1	figs-doublet	λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη	1	great sorrow and unceasing pain	These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1293	ROM	9	3	rh5h	figs-activepassive	ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς, ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1294	ROM	9	3	eg9b		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	brothers	Here, brothers means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1295	ROM	9	4	p1ys		οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται	1	They are Israelites	Alternate translation: “who, like me, are Israelites”
1296	ROM	9	4	l6vs	figs-metaphor	ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία	1	They have adoption	Here Paul uses the metaphor of adoption to indicate that the Israelites are like God’s children. Alternate translation: “who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1297	ROM	9	6	s2ma			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith.
1298	ROM	9	6	equ8		οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	But it is not as though the promises of God have failed	Alternate translation: “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “But God has kept his promises”
1299	ROM	9	6	wy8z		οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ	1	For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel	God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus.
1300	ROM	9	7	s3rj		οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα	1	Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children	Alternate translation: “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants”
1301	ROM	9	8	s5xa	figs-metonymy	τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς,	1	the children of the flesh are not	Here, children of the flesh is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1302	ROM	9	8	y17u	figs-metaphor	οὐ…ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	The phrase children of God is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1303	ROM	9	8	ta8t		τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1	children of the promise	The phrase children of the promise refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham.
1304	ROM	9	9	up57		ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	this is the word of promise	Alternate translation: “these are the words God used when he made the promise”
1305	ROM	9	9	wqb2	figs-activepassive	ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός	1	a son will be given to Sarah	You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: “I will give Sarah a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1306	ROM	9	10	mb5q	figs-exclusive	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	our father	Paul refers to Isaac as our father because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1307	ROM	9	10	icc1		κοίτην, ἔχουσα	1	had conceived	Alternate translation: “had become pregnant”
1308	ROM	9	11	h16y		μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον	1	for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad	Alternate translation: “before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad”
1309	ROM	9	11	a1gz		ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ	1	so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand	Alternate translation: “so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen”
1310	ROM	9	11	eez1		μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων	1	for the children were not yet born	Alternate translation: “before the children were born”
1311	ROM	9	11	iw56		μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον	1	had not yet done anything good or bad	Alternate translation: “not because of anything they had done”
1312	ROM	9	12	ze3m			0	Connecting Statement:	It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: “our father Isaac, it was said to her, ‘The older will serve the younger.’ Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just”
1313	ROM	9	12	d6mr		ἐκ τοῦ	1	because of him	because of God
1314	ROM	9	12	wv7n		ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι	1	it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.”	Alternate translation: “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’”
1315	ROM	9	13	xt7t	figs-hyperbole	τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα	1	Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated	The word hated is an exaggeration. God loved Jacob much more than he loved Esau. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1316	ROM	9	14	m8xk	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What then will we say?	Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1317	ROM	9	14	s1hm		μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	“That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here.
1318	ROM	9	15	kq2c	figs-metaphor	τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει	1	For he says to Moses	Paul speaks about God’s talking with Moses as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: “For God said to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1319	ROM	9	16	d4f5		οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος	1	it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs	Alternate translation: “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard”
1320	ROM	9	16	ues3	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος	1	nor because of him who runs	Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1321	ROM	9	17	x1cj	figs-personification	λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ	1	For the scripture says	Here the scripture is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “For the scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1322	ROM	9	17	xu7s		ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου	1	I … my	Here the pronouns I and my refer to God as the speaker.
1323	ROM	9	17	nfv5	figs-you	σε	1	you	Here, you is singular and refers to Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1324	ROM	9	17	pz5x	figs-idiom	ἐξήγειρά σε	1	I raised you up	Here, raised is an idiom for causing something to be what it is. Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1325	ROM	9	17	gps5	figs-activepassive	ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	so that my name might be proclaimed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1326	ROM	9	17	jp6i	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	my name	Here, name is a metonym that could refer to: (1) God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” (2) God’s reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1327	ROM	9	17	jn7u	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ	1	in all the earth	“wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1328	ROM	9	18	a1uv		ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει	1	whom he wishes, he makes stubborn	God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn.
1329	ROM	9	19	z4j2	figs-you	ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν	1	You will say then to me	Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1330	ROM	9	19	bbe4	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν?	1	Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will?	These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1331	ROM	9	19	hqr7		μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ	1	he … his	The words he and his here refer to God.
1332	ROM	9	19	n1ti		τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν	1	has … withstood his will	Alternate translation: “who has ever stopped him from doing what he wanted to do”
1333	ROM	9	20	arw8	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως?	1	Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, “Why … way?”	Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1334	ROM	9	20	knb3	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως?	1		Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why did you make me this way?’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1335	ROM	9	20	wcj3	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως	1	Why did you make me this way?	This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1336	ROM	9	21	e94a	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν?	1	Does the potter not have the right … for daily use?	This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainly has the right over the clay to make from the same lump a container for special occasions, but another for daily use.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1337	ROM	9	22	we86	figs-metaphor	σκεύη ὀργῆς	1	containers of wrath	Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1338	ROM	9	23	ufj7		γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ	1	he … his	The pronouns he and his here refer to God.
1339	ROM	9	23	v33r	figs-metaphor	σκεύη ἐλέους	1	containers of mercy	Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1340	ROM	9	23	she3	figs-metaphor	τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ	1	the riches of his glory upon	Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great riches. Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1341	ROM	9	23	t41s	figs-explicit	ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν	1	which he had previously prepared for glory	Here, glory refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1342	ROM	9	24	y6vp	figs-exclusive	καὶ…ἡμᾶς	1	also for us	The pronoun us here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1343	ROM	9	24	t8rn		ἐκάλεσεν	1	called	Here, called means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
1344	ROM	9	25	eqc2			0	Connecting Statement:	In this section Paul explains how Israel’s unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea.
1345	ROM	9	25	ewb4	figs-explicit	ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει	1	As he says also in Hosea	Here, he refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1346	ROM	9	25	m82v	translate-names	τῷ Ὡσηὲ	1	Hosea	Hosea was an Old Testament prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1347	ROM	9	25	gi5k		καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου	1	I will call my people who were not my people	Alternate translation: “I will choose for my people those who were not my people”
1348	ROM	9	25	yy15	figs-activepassive	τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην	1	her beloved who was not beloved	Here, the one refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1349	ROM	9	26	qe9f		υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	sons of the living God	The word living may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: “children of the true God”
1350	ROM	9	27	zqi1		κράζει	1	cries out	Alternate translation: “calls out”
1351	ROM	9	27	k9j8	figs-simile	ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης	1	as the sand of the sea	Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1352	ROM	9	27	wig1	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	will be saved	Paul uses the word saved in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1353	ROM	9	28	cm32		λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth	Here, word refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
1354	ROM	9	29	dl9x	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν…ἂν ἐγενήθημεν	1	us … we	Here the pronouns us and we refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1355	ROM	9	29	tk2e	figs-explicit	ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν	1	we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah	God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1356	ROM	9	30	m5l2	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What will we say then?	Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1357	ROM	9	30	ki4k		ὅτι ἔθνη	1	That the Gentiles	Alternate translation: “We will say that the Gentiles”
1358	ROM	9	30	bnl6		τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην	1	who were not pursuing righteousness	Alternate translation: “who were not trying to please God”
1359	ROM	9	30	gl4m	figs-explicit	δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως	1	the righteousness by faith	Here, by faith refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1360	ROM	9	31	f18n	figs-explicit	εἰς νόμον οὐκ ἔφθασεν	1	did not arrive at it	This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep the law. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1361	ROM	9	32	y4pf	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τί?	1	Why not?	This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1362	ROM	9	32	e7p7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί?	1		Paul asks this question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1363	ROM	9	32	j5jp	figs-explicit	ὡς ἐξ ἔργων	1	by works	This refers to things that people do to try to please God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “by trying to do things that would please God” or “by keeping the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1364	ROM	9	33	kx9c	figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it has been written	You can indicate that Isaiah wrote this. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written by Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1365	ROM	9	33	ivt3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1366	ROM	9	33	dy6x	figs-metonymy	ἐν Σιὼν	1	in Zion	Here, Zion is a metonym that represents Israel. Alternate translation: “in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1367	ROM	9	33	u3dj	figs-doublet	λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου	1	stone of stumbling and a rock of offense	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1368	ROM	9	33	mf6h	figs-metaphor	λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου	1		These phrases are metaphors that refer to Jesus and his death on the cross. It was as if the people stumbled over a stone because they were disgusted when they considered Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1369	ROM	9	33	tu4i		πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	believes in it	Because the stone stands for a person, you may need to translate this as “who believes in him.”
1370	ROM	10	intro	c2li			0		Romans 10 General Notes Structure and formatting God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36) Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5) God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13) God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18) No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33) Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4) Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21) Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 8. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 18-20 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter God’s righteousness Paul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical questions Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Hebrew people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation” Paul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1371	ROM	10	1	pi37			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues stating his desire for Israel to believe but emphasizes that both those who are Jews as well as everyone else can only be saved by faith in Jesus.
1372	ROM	10	1	hj4b		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	Here, brothers refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1373	ROM	10	1	tq7k	figs-metonymy	ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας	1	my heart’s desire	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1374	ROM	10	1	tmf2		ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	is for them, for their salvation	Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews”
1375	ROM	10	2	y7qg		μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς	1	I testify about them	Alternate translation: “I declare truthfully about them”
1376	ROM	10	3	bw97	figs-explicit	ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην	1	For they do not know of God’s righteousness	Here, righteousness refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1377	ROM	10	3	a6r4		τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν	1	They did not submit to the righteousness of God	Alternate translation: “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself”
1378	ROM	10	4	x1w8		τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς	1	For Christ is the fulfillment of the law	Alternate translation: “For Christ completely fulfilled the law”
1379	ROM	10	4	f6pu	figs-explicit	εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for righteousness for everyone who believes	Here, believes means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1380	ROM	10	5	qby2		τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God”
1381	ROM	10	5	wjn6	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ	1	The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness	In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1382	ROM	10	5	qkz4		ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, will live could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
1383	ROM	10	6	sr9z	figs-personification	ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει	1	But the righteousness that comes from faith says this	Here, righteousness is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1384	ROM	10	6	x7h4	figs-you	μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	Do not say in your heart	Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun your is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1385	ROM	10	6	nwlw	figs-metonymy	μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1		Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1386	ROM	10	6	tf9r	figs-rquestion	τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν?	1	Who will ascend into heaven?	Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1387	ROM	10	6	gi7s		τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν	1	that is, to bring Christ down	Alternate translation: “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth”
1388	ROM	10	7	w8xe	figs-rquestion	τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον?	1	Who will descend into the abyss	Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1389	ROM	10	7	iw13		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
1390	ROM	10	7	t8dd		νεκρῶν	1	dead	Here, the dead speaks of physical death.
1391	ROM	10	8	gz7t	figs-personification	ἀλλὰ τί λέγει?	1	But what does it say?	The word it refers to “the righteousness” of Romans 10:6. Here Paul describes righteousness as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1392	ROM	10	8	sen1	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί λέγει?	1		Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1393	ROM	10	8	kzb2	figs-personification	ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν	1	The word is near you	Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1394	ROM	10	8	y6mq	figs-metonymy	ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	The word is … in your mouth	The word mouth is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1395	ROM	10	8	zvx4	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	The word is … in your heart	The phrase in your heart is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “and you know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1396	ROM	10	8	lh5d		τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως	1	the word of faith	Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him”
1397	ROM	10	9	tz7r		ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν	1	if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord	Alternate translation: “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord”
1398	ROM	10	9	ie71	figs-metonymy	πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	believe in your heart	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1399	ROM	10	9	zdf5	figs-idiom	αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised him from the dead	Here, raised here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1400	ROM	10	9	c3cq	figs-activepassive	σωθήσῃ	1	you will be saved	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1401	ROM	10	10	g7i1	figs-metonymy	καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation	Here, heart is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1402	ROM	10	10	xs8c	figs-synecdoche	στόματι	1	with the mouth	Here, mouth is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1403	ROM	10	11	gu99	figs-personification	λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή	1	For scripture says	Paul speaks of the scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1404	ROM	10	11	r6tf	figs-explicit	λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή	1		You can make explicit who wrote the scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1405	ROM	10	11	nv71	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται	1	Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame	This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1406	ROM	10	12	z8p4	figs-explicit	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος	1	For there is no difference between Jew and Greek	Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1407	ROM	10	12	p9py	figs-explicit	πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν	1	he is rich to all who call upon him	Here, being rich means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1408	ROM	10	13	pe96	figs-metonymy	πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται	1	For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved	Here the word name is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1409	ROM	10	13	js1b	figs-activepassive	πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1410	ROM	10	14	utr4	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν?	1	How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed?	Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word they refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1411	ROM	10	14	lx52	figs-rquestion	πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν?	2	How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard?	Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1412	ROM	10	14	mrl8		πιστεύσωσιν	1	believe in	Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true.
1413	ROM	10	14	iwc1	figs-rquestion	πῶς…ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος?	3	How can they hear without a preacher?	Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1414	ROM	10	15	e8rt	figs-metonymy	ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά!	1	How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news	Paul uses feet to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1415	ROM	10	16	hku8		οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν	1	not all of them obeyed	Here, them refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed”
1416	ROM	10	16	j3se	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν?	1	Lord, who has believed our message?	Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1417	ROM	10	16	z4s9		τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν	1	our message	Here, our refers to God and Isaiah.
1418	ROM	10	17	wu5a		ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς	1	faith comes from hearing	Here, faith refers to “believing in Christ”
1419	ROM	10	17	nq87		ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ	2	hearing by the word of Christ	Alternate translation: “hearing by listening to the message about Christ”
1420	ROM	10	18	f6jy	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε	1	But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly	Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1421	ROM	10	18	s5zh	figs-parallelism	εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν	1	Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world.	Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1422	ROM	10	18	g4vd	figs-personification	εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν	1		The word their refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1423	ROM	10	18	lz77	figs-explicit	εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν	1		You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1424	ROM	10	19	ib4m	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω?	1	Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?”	Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1425	ROM	10	19	zyw0	figs-metonymy	ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω?	1		The word Israel is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1426	ROM	10	19	jjt3	figs-explicit	πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει	1	First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.”	This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1427	ROM	10	19	vxzz	figs-you	ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1		Both instances of I refer to God, and you refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1428	ROM	10	19	ve6t		ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει	1	by what is not a nation	Alternate translation: “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation”
1429	ROM	10	19	s3nz	figs-explicit	ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ	1	By means of a nation without understanding	Here, without understanding means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1430	ROM	10	19	g7zt		παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1	I will stir you up to anger	Alternate translation: “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry”
1431	ROM	10	19	a7k7	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	Here, you refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1432	ROM	10	20	qcx2			0	General Information:	Here the words I, “me,” and “my” refer to God.
1433	ROM	10	20	cv1x		Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει	1	Then Isaiah was very bold when he says	This means the prophet Isaiah wrote what God had said.
1434	ROM	10	20	fc4b		εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν	1	I was found by those who did not seek me	Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true.
1435	ROM	10	20	u60f	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1436	ROM	10	20	t78j		ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην	1	I appeared	Alternate translation: “I made myself known”
1437	ROM	10	20	k8pp		λέγει	1	he says	He refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah.
1438	ROM	10	21	hw4w		ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν	1	All the day long	This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually”
1439	ROM	10	21	il8s	translate-symaction	ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα	1	I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people	The action of reaching out a hand represents offering help to a person. Alternate translation: “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1440	ROM	11	intro	e9qz			0		Romans 11 General Notes Structure and formatting God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36) Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5) God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13) God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18) No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33) Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4) Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21) Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10) Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24) God will save Israel (11:15–32) Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Grafting Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Did God reject his people? May it never be” Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
1441	ROM	11	1	p2h9			0	Connecting Statement:	Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works.
1442	ROM	11	1	wp35		λέγω οὖν	1	I say then	Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say then”
1443	ROM	11	1	p4zd	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ?	1	did God reject his people?	Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1444	ROM	11	1	wqu2		μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	“That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in Romans 9:14.
1445	ROM	11	1	bc4g		φυλῆς Βενιαμείν	1	tribe of Benjamin	This refers to the tribe descended from Benjamin, one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel.
1446	ROM	11	2	h4qe		ὃν προέγνω	1	whom he foreknew	Alternate translation: “whom he knew ahead of time”
1447	ROM	11	2	cjp6	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ?	1	Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel?	You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you know what the Scriptures record about when Elijah pleaded with God against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1448	ROM	11	2	dd1e	figs-personification	τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή	1	what the scripture says	Paul is referring to the scriptures as if they were able to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1449	ROM	11	3	fh9i		ἀπέκτειναν	1	they have killed	Here, they refers to the people of Israel.
1450	ROM	11	3	ut1s		κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος	1	I alone am left	The pronoun I here refers to Elijah.
1451	ROM	11	3	dv5u		ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	seeking my life	Alternate translation: “they want to kill me”
1452	ROM	11	4	rj4e	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός?	1	But what does God’s answer say to him?	Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: “How does God answer him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1453	ROM	11	4	x6e9		αὐτῷ	1	him	The pronoun him refers to Elijah.
1454	ROM	11	5	ce2r		λῖμμα	1	remnant	Here this means a small part of people whom God chose to receive his grace.
1455	ROM	11	6	q6es	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ χάριτι	1	But if it is by grace	Paul continues to explain how God’s mercy works. Alternate translation: “But since God’s mercy works by grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1456	ROM	11	7	k94b	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν?	1	What then?	“What should we conclude?” Paul asks this question to move his reader to his next point. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is what we need to remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1457	ROM	11	8	uc8g	figs-metaphor	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν	1	God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear	This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to hear or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1458	ROM	11	8	z47a		πνεῦμα κατανύξεως	1	spirit of dullness	Here, spirit means “the characteristics of,” such as the “spirit of wisdom.”
1459	ROM	11	8	zyk1		ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν	1	eyes so that they should not see	The concept of seeing with one’s eyes was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding.
1460	ROM	11	8	ny8w		ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν	1	ears so that they should not hear	The concept of hearing with the ears was considered to be equivalent to obedience.
1461	ROM	11	9	kpg8	figs-metonymy	γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν	1	Let their table become a net and a trap	Here, table here is a metonym that represents feasting. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts become like a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1462	ROM	11	9	l6re	figs-metaphor	γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν	1		Here, net and trap are metaphors that represent punishment. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1463	ROM	11	9	x0wl	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1464	ROM	11	9	ya1g	figs-metaphor	σκάνδαλον	1	a stumbling block	A stumbling block is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: “something that tempts them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1465	ROM	11	9	xex5		ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς	1	a retribution for them	Alternate translation: “something that allows you to take revenge on them”
1466	ROM	11	10	c1nj	figs-metonymy	τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον	1	bend their backs continually	Here, make their backs bend is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. Alternate translation: “make them continually carry heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1467	ROM	11	10	biqg	figs-metaphor	τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον	1		This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them continually suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1468	ROM	11	11	z8tw			0	Connecting Statement:	With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake.
1469	ROM	11	11	r9hg	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν?	1	Did they stumble so as to fall?	Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Has God rejected them forever because they sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1470	ROM	11	11	qbx4		μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	“That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in Romans 9:14.
1471	ROM	11	11	f1jw		παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς	1	provoke … to jealousy	See how you translated this phrase in Romans 10:19.
1472	ROM	11	12	ew4i	figs-doublet	εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν	1	if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. If you need to, you can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “when the Jews failed spiritually, the result was that God abundantly blessed the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1473	ROM	11	12	dh1g		πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν	1	the riches of the world	Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the Gentiles by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ.
1474	ROM	11	12	it9k		κόσμου	1	the world	Here the world is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles.
1475	ROM	11	14	ua2k		παραζηλώσω	1	I will provoke to jealousy	See how you translated this phrase in Romans 10:19.
1476	ROM	11	14	h1qe		μου τὴν σάρκα	1	those who are of my own flesh	This refers to Paul’s fellow Jews.
1477	ROM	11	14	gp38	figs-explicit	καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Perhaps I will save some of them	God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “and perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1478	ROM	11	15	es22		εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου	1	For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world	Alternate translation: “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the world to himself”
1479	ROM	11	15	ui3i		ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν	1	their rejection	The pronoun their refers to Jewish unbelievers.
1480	ROM	11	15	m3fs	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	the world	Here, the world is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1481	ROM	11	15	em8m	figs-rquestion	τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν?	1	what will their acceptance be but life from the dead?	Paul asks this question to emphasize that when God accepts the Jews, it will be a wonderful thing. Alternate translation: “how will it be when God accepts them? It will be like they have come back to life from among the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1482	ROM	11	15	civ7	figs-activepassive	τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν?	1		You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “then when God accepts them, it will be like they have died and become alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1483	ROM	11	15	jn4l		νεκρῶν	1	the dead	These words speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
1484	ROM	11	16	b2s5	figs-metaphor	εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ἁγία, καὶ τὸ φύραμα;	1	If the firstfruits are reserved, so is the lump of dough	Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the first grain or firstfruits to be harvested. He is also speaking of the Israelites who are descendants of those men as if they were a lump of dough that they made from the grain. Alternate translation: “If Abraham is counted as the first of what has been offered to God, all of our ancestors who followed should also be counted as God’s possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1485	ROM	11	16	dci1	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἡ ῥίζα ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι	1	If the root is reserved, so are the branches	Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the root of a tree, and the Israelites who are descendants of those men, as if they were the branches of the tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1486	ROM	11	16	d1zi	figs-metaphor	ἁγία	1	reserved	The people always dedicated to God the first crops that they harvested. Here, “firstfruits” stands for the first people to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1487	ROM	11	17	slf6	figs-metaphor	εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν	1	But if some of the branches were broken off	Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as branches that were broken off. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1488	ROM	11	17	b8ic	figs-activepassive	εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone broke off some of the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1489	ROM	11	17	qv65		σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν	1	if you, a wild olive branch	The pronoun you, and the phrase a wild olive branch, refer to the Gentile people who have accepted salvation through Jesus.
1490	ROM	11	17	z6hr	figs-metaphor	ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	were grafted in among them	Here Paul speaks of the Gentile Christians as if they were grafted into the faith of Abraham and the Jewish patriarchs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1491	ROM	11	17	lb1p	figs-activepassive	ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God attached you to the tree among the remaining branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1492	ROM	11	17	s9w3	figs-metaphor	τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου	1	the rich root of the olive tree	Here, the richness of the root is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1493	ROM	11	18	gqd6	figs-metaphor	μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων	1	do not boast over the branches	Here, the branches is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1494	ROM	11	18	llz1	figs-metaphor	οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ	1	it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you	Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches that are connected to the root of the faith of the Abraham and the Jewish patriarchs. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1495	ROM	11	19	mm6w	figs-metaphor	ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι	1	Branches were broken off	Branches here refer to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1496	ROM	11	19	qk8c	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1497	ROM	11	19	p9ti	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ	1	I might be grafted in	Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1498	ROM	11	19	z9l9	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1499	ROM	11	20	puj9		τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ ἐξεκλάσθησαν	1	their … they	The pronouns They and their refer to the Jewish people who did not believe.
1500	ROM	11	20	v2ua	figs-metaphor	σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας	1	but you stand firm because of your faith	Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1501	ROM	11	21	f6i7	figs-metaphor	εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται	1	For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you	Here the natural branches refer to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1502	ROM	11	22	xdm3		χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ	1	the kind actions and the severity of God	Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them.
1503	ROM	11	22	p691	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ δὲ σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ	1	severity came on the Jews who fell … God’s kindness comes on you	This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns severity and kindness. Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell, but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1504	ROM	11	22	scf8	figs-metaphor	τοὺς πεσόντας	1	those who fell	Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: “the Jews who have done wrong” or “the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1505	ROM	11	22	z41m	figs-abstractnouns	ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι	1	if you continue in his kindness	This can be restated to remove the abstract noun kindness. Alternate translation: “if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1506	ROM	11	22	t4mk	figs-metaphor	ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ	1	Otherwise you also will be cut off	Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can cut off if he needs to. Here, cut off is a metaphor for rejecting someone. Alternate translation: “Otherwise you will be rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1507	ROM	11	22	l17i	figs-activepassive	ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1508	ROM	11	23	lvk7	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	if they do not continue in their unbelief	The phrase do not continue in their unbelief is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “if the Jews start believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1509	ROM	11	23	zu7k	figs-metaphor	ἐνκεντρισθήσονται	1	will be grafted in	Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be grafted back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1510	ROM	11	23	lx11	figs-activepassive	ἐνκεντρισθήσονται	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will graft them back in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1511	ROM	11	23	yjj6		ἐνκεντρίσαι	1	graft	This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree.
1512	ROM	11	23	r5kg		κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς	1	they … them	The occurrences of they and them refer to the Jews.
1513	ROM	11	24	s1a4	figs-metaphor	εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ	1	For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree?	Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1514	ROM	11	24	dem3	figs-activepassive	εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ?	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1515	ROM	11	24	yn21	figs-metaphor	οἱ κατὰ φύσιν	1	branches	Paul continues speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The branches according to nature represent the Jews who were originally connected to the faith of Abraham and the Jewish patriarchs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1516	ROM	11	25	ye5w	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	I do not want you to be uninformed	Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1517	ROM	11	25	w7lx		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, brothers refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1518	ROM	11	25	q3i2		θέλω	1	I	Here the pronoun I refers to Paul.
1519	ROM	11	25	sf4v		ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς	1	you … you … your	The pronouns you and yourselves refer to the Gentile believers.
1520	ROM	11	25	me1g	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι	1	in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking	Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “so that you will not think you are wiser than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1521	ROM	11	25	ec4j	figs-metaphor	πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν	1	a partial hardening has occurred in Israel	Paul speaks of stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “many people of Israel continue to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1522	ROM	11	25	db1x		ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ	1	until the completion of the Gentiles come in	The word until here implies that a portion Jews will refuse to believe until after God has finished bringing the Gentiles into the church.
1523	ROM	11	26	ds7a			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul says that a deliverer will come out of Israel to the glory of God.
1524	ROM	11	26	vu7t	figs-activepassive	καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται	1	Thus all Israel will be saved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and thus God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1525	ROM	11	26	n7yf	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	just as it is written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the scriptures record” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1526	ROM	11	26	dm4e	figs-metonymy	ἐκ Σιὼν	1	Out of Zion	Here, Zion is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1527	ROM	11	26	v96c		ὁ ῥυόμενος	1	the Deliverer	Alternate translation: “the one who brings his people to safety”
1528	ROM	11	26	at55	figs-metaphor	ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας	1	He will remove ungodliness	Paul speaks of ungodliness as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1529	ROM	11	26	bkr2	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ	1	from Jacob	Here, Jacob is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1530	ROM	11	27	ll39	figs-metaphor	ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	I will take away their sins	Here Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: “I will remove the burden of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1531	ROM	11	28	ctn9	figs-explicit	κατὰ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	As far as the gospel is concerned	You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: “Because the Jews rejected the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1532	ROM	11	28	x6aa	figs-explicit	ἐχθροὶ δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	they are enemies for your sake	You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles’ sake. Alternate translation: “they are God’s enemies for your sake” or “God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1533	ROM	11	28	dr2q	figs-explicit	κατὰ…τὴν ἐκλογὴν	2	as far as election is concerned	You can make explicit why Paul mentions election. Alternate translation: “because God has elected the Jews” or “because God has chosen the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1534	ROM	11	28	jas2	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας	1	they are beloved because of their forefathers	You can make explicit who loves the Jews and why Paul mentions their forefathers. Alternate translation: “they are loved by God because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1535	ROM	11	28	d82k	figs-activepassive	ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1536	ROM	11	29	p2sf	figs-metaphor	ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable	Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were gifts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1537	ROM	11	29	mnqs	figs-explicit	ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: “For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1538	ROM	11	30	bj8g		ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε	1	you were formerly disobedient	Alternate translation: “you did not obey in the past”
1539	ROM	11	30	df91	figs-explicit	ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ	1	you have received mercy because of their disobedience	Here, mercy means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1540	ROM	11	30	g3cn	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	Here, you refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1541	ROM	11	32	t6cb	figs-metaphor	συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν	1	God has shut up all into disobedience	God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: “God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1542	ROM	11	33	x3kb	figs-doublet	ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ	1	Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God!	Here, wisdom and knowledge mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1543	ROM	11	33	u322		ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering	Alternate translation: “We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us”
1544	ROM	11	34	r2wj	figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο?	1	For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor?	Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1545	ROM	11	34	yy52	figs-metonymy	νοῦν Κυρίου	1	the mind of the Lord	Here, mind is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1546	ROM	11	35	j5cn	figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ?	1	Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?	Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1547	ROM	11	36	abc1	writing-pronouns	ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ	1	For from him … through him … to him	Here, all occurrences of him refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1548	ROM	11	36	rpx6	figs-explicit	αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1	To him be the glory forever	This expresses Paul’s desire for all people to honor God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “May all people honor him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1549	ROM	12	intro	aky9			0		Romans 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13) How to act toward God (12:1–2) How to serve the church (12:3–8) How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13) How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21) How to act toward government (13:1–7) How to act toward other people (13:8–10) Act as if the end is near (13:11–14) Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12) Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23) Be united with other Christians (15:1–13) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament. Many scholars believe Paul uses the word therefore in Romans 12:1 to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one’s Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) Special concepts in this chapter Christian living Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Body of Christ The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1550	ROM	12	1	rhs3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve.
1551	ROM	12	1	d2y3	figs-explicit	παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God	Here, brothers refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1552	ROM	12	1	w1mz	figs-synecdoche	παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν	1	to present your bodies a living sacrifice	Here Paul uses the word bodies to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1553	ROM	12	1	wuyl	figs-metaphor	παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν	1		Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1554	ROM	12	1	dwr5	figs-doublet	ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ	1	holy, acceptable to God	This could refer to: (1) a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) a sacrifice that is acceptable to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1555	ROM	12	1	tyk7		τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν	1	This is your reasonable service	Alternate translation: “which is the right way to worship God”
1556	ROM	12	2	clc6	figs-metaphor	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed to this world	This could mean: (1) do not behave as the world behaves. (2) do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1557	ROM	12	2	pyb6	figs-activepassive	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “do not act and think like the world does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1558	ROM	12	2	d2qq	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	this world	Here, this world refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1559	ROM	12	2	na8p	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός	1	but be transformed by the renewal of your mind	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1560	ROM	12	3	nyc2	figs-explicit	διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι	1	because of the grace that was given to me	Here, grace refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1561	ROM	12	3	l6c6	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1562	ROM	12	3	s6yg		παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν	1	that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think	Alternate translation: “that no one among you should think they are better than they are”
1563	ROM	12	3	me4t		ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν	1	Instead, they should think in a wise way	Alternate translation: “but you should be wise in how you think about yourselves”
1564	ROM	12	3	m8z7	figs-explicit	ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως	1	just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith	Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their faith in God. Alternate translation: “since God has given each of you the faith to trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1565	ROM	12	4	zm8p		γὰρ	1	For	Paul the word For to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others.
1566	ROM	12	4	v2pi	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν	1	we have many members in one body	Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human body. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1567	ROM	12	4	v5iy		μέλη	1	members	Here, members are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands.
1568	ROM	12	5	dhx8	figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη	1	are individually members of each other	Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1569	ROM	12	5	cutl	figs-activepassive	τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1570	ROM	12	6	hrr1	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα	1	We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us	Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1571	ROM	12	6	y267	figs-activepassive	ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1572	ROM	12	6	bnk9		κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως	1	let it be done according to the proportion of his faith	This could mean: (1) he should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) he should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.
1573	ROM	12	8	m2as	figs-explicit	ὁ μεταδιδοὺς	1	giving	Here, giving refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1574	ROM	12	9	iv5h	figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος	1	Let love be without hypocrisy	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1575	ROM	12	9	eaw7		ἡ ἀγάπη	1	love	The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
1576	ROM	12	10	mr8i		τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ	1	love	This is another word that means brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives.
1577	ROM	12	10	ng86		τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι	1	Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate	Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form in … be to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “in … do.” The list continues to Romans 12:13.
1578	ROM	12	10	ux2y		τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ	1	Concerning love of the brothers	Alternate translation: “as for how you love your fellow believers”
1579	ROM	12	10	tj57		τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι	1	Concerning honor, respect one another	Alternate translation: “honor and respect one another” or “honor your fellow believers by respecting them”
1580	ROM	12	11	iu2i		τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες	1	Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him	Alternate translation: “do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord”
1581	ROM	12	12	l3es		τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες	1	be patient in suffering	Alternate translation: “wait patiently whenever you have troubles”
1582	ROM	12	13	vk5h		ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες	1	Share in the needs of the saints	Alternate translation: “when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need”
1583	ROM	12	13	exd8		τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες	1	Find many ways to show hospitality	This is the last item in the list that began in Romans 12:9. “always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay”
1584	ROM	12	16	hwd1	figs-idiom	τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες	1	Be of the same mind toward one another	This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another” or “living in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1585	ROM	12	16	ar7y		μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες	1	Do not think in proud ways	Alternate translation: “do not think that you are more important than others”
1586	ROM	12	16	cc23		τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι	1	accept lowly people	Alternate translation: “welcome people who do not seem important”
1587	ROM	12	16	h469		μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς	1	Do not be wise in your own thoughts	Alternate translation: “Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else”
1588	ROM	12	17	h2tz		μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες	1	Repay no one evil for evil	Alternate translation: “do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you”
1589	ROM	12	17	fzh8		προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	Do good things in the sight of all people	Alternate translation: “do things that everyone considers to be good”
1590	ROM	12	18	pgt7		τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες	1	as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people	Alternate translation: “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone”
1591	ROM	12	19	ew6x	figs-metonymy	δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ	1	give way to his wrath	Here, wrath is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1592	ROM	12	19	ns3b	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	For it is written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1593	ROM	12	19	l2i8	figs-parallelism	ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω	1	Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1594	ROM	12	20	c4ig	figs-you	ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις	1	your enemy … feed him … give him a drink … if you do this, you will heap	The pronouns your and you are singular and addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1595	ROM	12	20	q7dq		ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ.	1	But if your enemy is hungry … his head	In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of scripture. Alternate translation: “But the scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry, feed him. If he is thirsty, give him a drink. For doing this, you will heap coals of fire on his head’”
1596	ROM	12	20	wce6	figs-metaphor	ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ	1	You will heap coals of fire on his head	Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. This could mean: (1) you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you. (2) you will give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1597	ROM	12	21	q761	figs-personification	μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν	1	Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good	Paul describes evil as though it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1598	ROM	12	21	k8et	figs-activepassive	μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1599	ROM	12	21	p7fd		μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν	1	Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil	These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular.
1600	ROM	13	intro	l4q7			0		Romans 13 General Notes Structure and formatting Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13) How to act toward God (12:1–2) How to serve the church (12:3–8) How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13) How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21) How to act toward government (13:1–7) How to act toward other people (13:8–10) Act as if the end is near (13:11–14) In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]]) Special concepts in this chapter Ungodly rulers When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Flesh This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1601	ROM	13	1	v5ik			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers.
1602	ROM	13	1	b8nf	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω	1	Let every soul be obedient to	Here, soul is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Let every Christian obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1603	ROM	13	1	g1by		ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις	1	higher authorities	Alternate translation: “submit to government officials”
1604	ROM	13	1	wii2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ	1	there is no authority unless it comes from God	This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “all authority comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1605	ROM	13	1	j3lr	figs-activepassive	αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν	1	The authorities that exist have been appointed by God	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the people who are in authority are there because God put them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1606	ROM	13	2	ui8y		τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ	1	that authority	Alternate translation: “that government authority” or “the authority that God placed in power”
1607	ROM	13	2	dsa3	figs-activepassive	οἱ…ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται	1	those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge those who oppose government authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1608	ROM	13	3	m3yf		γὰρ	1	For	Paul uses this word to begin his explanation of Romans 13:2 and to tell about what will result if the government condemns a person.
1609	ROM	13	3	c2xa		οἱ…ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος	1	rulers are not a terror	Rulers do not make good people afraid.
1610	ROM	13	3	jt2z		τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,…τῷ κακῷ	1	to good deeds … to evil deeds	People are identified with their good deeds or evil deeds.
1611	ROM	13	3	z4sq	figs-rquestion	θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν?	1	Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority?	Paul uses this question to get people to think about what they need to do in order not to be afraid of rulers. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you how you can be unafraid of the ruler.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1612	ROM	13	3	ahl9		ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς	1	you will receive his approval	The government will say good things about people who do what is good.
1613	ROM	13	4	ink8	figs-litotes	οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ	1	he does not carry the sword for no reason	You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1614	ROM	13	4	s3vz	figs-metonymy	τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ	1	carry the sword	Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1615	ROM	13	4	au7j	figs-metonymy	ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν	1	an avenger for wrath	Here, wrath represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1616	ROM	13	5	q81v		οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν	1	not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience	Alternate translation: “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God”
1617	ROM	13	6	r1jy		διὰ τοῦτο	1	Because of this	Alternate translation: “because the government punishes evildoers”
1618	ROM	13	6	r4b3		τελεῖτε	1	you pay	Paul is addressing the believers here, so this verb is plural.
1619	ROM	13	6	hy4f		γὰρ…εἰσιν	2	For they are	Alternate translation: “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities are”
1620	ROM	13	7	z9cn		ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι	1	Pay to everyone	Paul is addressing the believers here, so this verb is plural.
1621	ROM	13	7	wg2l	figs-ellipsis	τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν	1	Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due.	The word “pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1622	ROM	13	7	nwi2	figs-metaphor	τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν	1	fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due	Here paying fear and honor is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1623	ROM	13	7	s2nf		τὸ τέλος	1	toll	This is a kind of tax.
1624	ROM	13	8	s8pb			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells believers how to act toward neighbors.
1625	ROM	13	8	a69g	figs-doublenegatives	μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν	1	Owe no one anything, except to love one another	This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Pay all you owe to everyone, and fulfill your obligation to love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1626	ROM	13	8	ay3n		εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν	1	except to love one another	This is the one debt that can remain.
1627	ROM	13	8	p6cw		ὀφείλετε	1	Owe	This verb is plural and applies to all the Christians in Rome.
1628	ROM	13	8	i5au		ἀγαπᾶν	1	love	This refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
1629	ROM	13	10	vy62	figs-personification	ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται	1	Love does not harm one’s neighbor	This phrase portrays love as a person who is being kind to other people. Alternate translation: “People who love their neighbors do not harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1630	ROM	13	11	b6l3	figs-metaphor	εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι	1	we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep	Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1631	ROM	13	12	ahn4	figs-metaphor	ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν	1	The night has advanced	Paul speaks of the time when people do evil deeds as night. Alternate translation: “The sinful time is almost over” or “It is as though the night is almost finished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1632	ROM	13	12	p7xp	figs-metaphor	ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν	2	the day has come near	Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1633	ROM	13	12	bb8t	figs-metaphor	ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους	1	Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness	Paul speaks of works of darkness as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to put aside means to stop doing something. Here, darkness is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1634	ROM	13	12	y5n4	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός	1	let us put on the armor of light	Here, light is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1635	ROM	13	13	gv4q	figs-exclusive	περιπατήσωμεν	1	Let us walk	Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1636	ROM	13	13	e6ij	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν	1	Let us walk appropriately, as in the day	Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: “Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1637	ROM	13	13	qes3	figs-doublet	κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις	1	in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust	These concepts mean basically the same thing. You can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “in sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1638	ROM	13	13	h6xl		ἔριδι	1	strife	This refers to plotting against and arguing with other people.
1639	ROM	13	14	sir6	figs-metaphor	ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν	1	put on the Lord Jesus Christ	Paul speaks of accepting the moral nature of Christ as if he were our outer clothing that people can see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1640	ROM	13	14	j795		ἐνδύσασθε	1	put on	If your language has a plural form for commands, use it here.
1641	ROM	13	14	xre7	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε	1	make no provision for the flesh	Here the flesh refers to the self-directed nature of people who oppose God. This is the sinful nature of human beings. Alternate translation: “do not allow your old evil heart any opportunity at all for doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1642	ROM	14	intro	kt8c			0		Romans 14 General Notes Structure and formatting Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13) How to act toward God (12:1–2) How to serve the church (12:3–8) How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13) How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21) How to act toward government (13:1–7) How to act toward other people (13:8–10) Act as if the end is near (13:11–14) Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12) Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 11 of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Weak in faith Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” in a given situation. This describes Christians whose faith is immature, not strong, or misunderstood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) Dietary restrictions Many religions in the ancient Near East restricted what was eaten. Christians have freedom to eat what they want. But they need to use this freedom wisely, in a way that honors the Lord and does not cause others to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) The judgment seat of God The judgment seat of God or Christ represents a time when all people, including Christians, will be held accountable for the way they lived their lives.
1643	ROM	14	1	abm6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages believers to remember that they are answerable to God.
1644	ROM	14	1	jf8v		ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει	1	weak in faith	This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things.
1645	ROM	14	1	p697		μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν	1	without giving judgment about arguments	Alternate translation: “and do not condemn them for their opinions”
1646	ROM	14	2	ii8g		ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα	1	One person has faith to eat anything	Some people believe God permits them to eat any kind of food.
1647	ROM	14	2	n2n6		ὁ…ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει	1	another who is weak eats only vegetables	This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat.
1648	ROM	14	4	q9bx	figs-rquestion	σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην?	1	Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else?	Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1649	ROM	14	4	xq7r	figs-you	σὺ…ὁ κρίνων	1	you, who judges	The form of you here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1650	ROM	14	4	ba38	figs-metaphor	τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει	1	It is before his own master that he stands or falls	Paul speaks of God as if he were a master who owned slaves. Alternate translation: “Only the master can decide if he will accept the slave or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1651	ROM	14	4	cp9y	figs-metaphor	σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν	1	But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand	Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being made to stand instead of falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1652	ROM	14	4	ucto	figs-activepassive	σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1653	ROM	14	5	x7j2		ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν.	1	One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally	Alternate translation: “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same”
1654	ROM	14	5	m511	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω	1	Let each person be convinced in his own mind	You can make the full meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “Let each person be convinced that he is honoring the Lord by what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1655	ROM	14	5	y5ea	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1656	ROM	14	6	pfn6	figs-explicit	ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ	1	He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord	Here, observes refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1657	ROM	14	6	esu5	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ἐσθίων	1	he who eats	The word “everything” is understood from Romans 14:3. It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “the person who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1658	ROM	14	6	f9tm		Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει	1	eats for the Lord	Alternate translation: “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord”
1659	ROM	14	6	jh8j	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων	1	He who does not eat	The word “everything” is understood from Romans 14:3. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “and he who does not eat everything” or “and the person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1660	ROM	14	7	txm3	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ	1	For none of us lives for himself	Here, lives for himself means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1661	ROM	14	7	u9ar	figs-exclusive	οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν	1	none of us	Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1662	ROM	14	7	c9ls	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει	1	none dies for himself	This means anyone’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1663	ROM	14	8	s3lb	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1664	ROM	14	10	db9a	figs-rquestion	τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου?	1	why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother?	By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1665	ROM	14	10	al55		τὸν ἀδελφόν	1	brother	Here, brother means a fellow Christian, male or female.
1666	ROM	14	10	jq85	figs-metonymy	πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God	The judgment seat refers to God’s authority to judge. Alternate translation: “For God will judge us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1667	ROM	14	11	fel6	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	For it is written,	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written in the scriptures:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1668	ROM	14	11	tf76	figs-explicit	ζῶ ἐγώ	1	As I live	This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1669	ROM	14	11	sb6q	figs-synecdoche	ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ	1	to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God	Paul uses the word God and tongue to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1670	ROM	14	11	vngp	figs-123person	ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ	1		The Lord uses the word God to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1671	ROM	14	12	nsy8		περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ	1	will give an account of himself to God	Alternate translation: “will have to explain our actions to God”
1672	ROM	14	13	ia62	figs-doublet	ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον	1	but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother	Here, stumbling block and snare mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1673	ROM	14	13	cx4s		τῷ ἀδελφῷ	1	brother	Here, brother refers to a fellow Christian, male or female.
1674	ROM	14	14	t7gc	figs-doublet	οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus	Here the words know and am persuaded mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1675	ROM	14	14	fuk1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	nothing is unclean by itself	You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1676	ROM	14	14	mjc5		δι’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	by itself	Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is”
1677	ROM	14	14	w3gg	figs-explicit	εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν	1	Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean	Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1678	ROM	14	15	iw7w		εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται	1	If because of food your brother is hurt	“If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word your refers to those who are strong in faith and brother refers to those who are weak in faith.
1679	ROM	14	15	ln42		ὁ ἀδελφός	1	brother	Here, brother refers to a fellow Christian, male or female.
1680	ROM	14	15	bj8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς	1	you are no longer walking in love	Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: “then you are no longer showing love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1681	ROM	14	16	gl48		μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil	Alternate translation: “If someone else thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good”
1682	ROM	14	17	j92k	figs-explicit	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit	Paul argues that God set up his kingdom so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1683	ROM	14	18	am8m	figs-activepassive	δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	approved by people	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people will approve of him” or “people will respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1684	ROM	14	19	i3rv	figs-explicit	τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another	Here, build up one another refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1685	ROM	14	20	p65h	figs-explicit	μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Do not destroy the work of God because of food	You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1686	ROM	14	20	dk72	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι	1	but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble	Here a stumbling block is a food that a weaker brother eats despite thinking it is wrong, and thereby goes against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1687	ROM	14	21	mrr4		καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει	1	It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense	Alternate translation: “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin”
1688	ROM	14	21	iq9g		ὁ ἀδελφός	1	brother	Here, brother refers to a fellow Christian, male or female.
1689	ROM	14	21	e1du	figs-you	σου	1	your	Here, you is singular and stresses the responsibility of each individual believer for his fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1690	ROM	14	22	hjk9		σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις	1	The faith you have	Here, faith refers back to the beliefs about food and drink.
1691	ROM	14	22	b3hi	figs-you	σὺ…σεαυτὸν	1	you … yourself	Here, you and yourself are singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1692	ROM	14	22	r53r		μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει	1	Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves	Alternate translation: “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do”
1693	ROM	14	23	s1ph	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται	1	He who doubts is condemned if he eats	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1694	ROM	14	23	yr44	figs-explicit	ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως	1	because it is not from faith	Anything that is not from faith is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1695	ROM	14	23	tr9i	figs-explicit	πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν	1	whatever is not from faith is sin	Anything that is not from faith is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1696	ROM	15	intro	ae9u			0		Romans 15 General Notes Structure and formatting Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13) How to act toward God (12:1–2) How to serve the church (12:3–8) How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13) How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21) How to act toward government (13:1–7) How to act toward other people (13:8–10) Act as if the end is near (13:11–14) Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12) Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23) Be united with other Christians (15:1–13) Conclusion (15:14–16:27) Paul describes his mission (15:14–21) Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-11 and 21 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament. Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 12. In Romans 15:14, Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans. Important figures of speech in this chapter Strong/Weak These terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
1697	ROM	15	1	cx66			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived.
1698	ROM	15	1	u19s		δὲ	1	Now	Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument.
1699	ROM	15	1	u73x	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ	1	we who are strong	Here, strong refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1700	ROM	15	1	dx9d	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1701	ROM	15	1	cv61	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀδυνάτων	1	of the weak	Here, the weak refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1702	ROM	15	2	z2k8	figs-explicit	πρὸς οἰκοδομήν	1	in order to build him up	By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1703	ROM	15	3	y6fe	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1704	ROM	15	3	bcz1	figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	it was just as it is written	Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1705	ROM	15	3	qni7		οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	The insults of those who insulted you fell on me	The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ.
1706	ROM	15	4	txd4	figs-activepassive	ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη	1	For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1707	ROM	15	4	m7yy	figs-exclusive	ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν	1	our … we have	Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1708	ROM	15	4	g6r1	figs-explicit	ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν	1	in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope	Here, have hope means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1709	ROM	15	5	u2zm			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ.
1710	ROM	15	5	g5xm		Θεὸς…δῴη	1	may … God … grant	Alternate translation: “I pray that … God … will grant”
1711	ROM	15	5	ws7q		τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις	1	to be of the same mind with each other	Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united”
1712	ROM	15	6	uz1z	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε	1	praise with one mouth	This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1713	ROM	15	7	z941		προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους	1	receive one another	Alternate translation: “accept one another”
1714	ROM	15	8	gbh8		λέγω γὰρ	1	For I say	The pronoun I refers to Paul.
1715	ROM	15	8	k4my	figs-metonymy	Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς	1	Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision	Here, the circumcision is a metonym that refers to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has been made a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1716	ROM	15	8	r0gd	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1717	ROM	15	8	me1e		εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας	1	in order to confirm the promises	This is one of the two purposes for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision.
1718	ROM	15	8	gu7z	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων	1	the promises given to the fathers	Here, the fathers refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the promises to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1719	ROM	15	8	dxz1	figs-activepassive	τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων	1		You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1720	ROM	15	9	k5q7		τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν	1	and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy	This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy”
1721	ROM	15	9	xgc4	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it is written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1722	ROM	15	9	em5q	figs-metonymy	τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ	1	sing praise to your name	Here, your name is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1723	ROM	15	10	yvy9		καὶ πάλιν λέγει	1	Again it says	Alternate translation: “And again the scripture says”
1724	ROM	15	10	x4kg	figs-explicit	μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	with his people	This refers to God’s people. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1725	ROM	15	11	xw7t		ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν	1	Let praise him	Alternate translation: “let … praise the Lord”
1726	ROM	15	12	fta5	figs-metonymy	ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί	1	root of Jesse	Jesse was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1727	ROM	15	12	i4nn	figs-explicit	ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν	1	in him the Gentiles will have hope	Here, him refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “the people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1728	ROM	15	13	w7wn	figs-hyperbole	πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης	1	May fill you with all joy and peace	Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1729	ROM	15	14	h98x			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles.
1730	ROM	15	14	qfs6	figs-explicit	πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν	1	I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers	Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1731	ROM	15	14	d878		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, brothers refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1732	ROM	15	14	qhv3	figs-hyperbole	πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως	1	filled with all knowledge	Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “having been filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1733	ROM	15	14	ge2l	figs-explicit	δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν	1	able to also exhort one another	Here, to exhort means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1734	ROM	15	15	n2gr	figs-activepassive	τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the grace given me by God	Paul speaks of grace as if it were a physical gift that God had given him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1735	ROM	15	16	wiw1	figs-metaphor	γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος	1	the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable	Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an offering to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1736	ROM	15	18	lu97	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ	1	by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1737	ROM	15	18	by9s		εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν	1	for the obedience of the Gentiles	Alternate translation: “so that the Gentiles will obey God”
1738	ROM	15	18	xds3	figs-explicit	λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ	1	These are things done by word and action	Here, word and deed refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “through me in my words and actions” or “the things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1739	ROM	15	19	g8bk	figs-doublet	σημείων καὶ τεράτων	1	signs and wonders	These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1740	ROM	15	19	c8ff		ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ	1	so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum	This is from the city of Jerusalem as far as the province of Illyricum, a region close to Italy.
1741	ROM	15	20	x9xm	figs-explicit	οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός	1	In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name	Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1742	ROM	15	20	kt3r	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ	1	in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation	Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a foundation. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1743	ROM	15	21	rb5r	figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	It is as it is written	Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what was written by Isaiah in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1744	ROM	15	21	wy8k	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1745	ROM	15	21	u8d6	figs-activepassive	οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Those to whom no tidings of him came	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1746	ROM	15	22	f1fq			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray.
1747	ROM	15	22	ex5j	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην	1	I was also hindered	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1748	ROM	15	23	b6kl	figs-explicit	μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις	1	I no longer have any place in these regions	Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1749	ROM	15	24	si59	translate-names	τὴν Σπανίαν	1	Spain	At that time, Spain was a Roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1750	ROM	15	24	c6wq		διαπορευόμενος	1	in passing	Alternate translation: “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way”
1751	ROM	15	24	vya3	figs-explicit	καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ	1	and to be helped by you along my journey there	Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will provide for me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1752	ROM	15	24	rzie	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ	1		You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “and that you will help me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1753	ROM	15	24	wg6d		ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ	1	I have enjoyed your company	Alternate translation: “after I have enjoyed spending some time with you”
1754	ROM	15	26	vn1r	figs-synecdoche	εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα	1	it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia	Here the words Macedonia and Achaia are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1755	ROM	15	27	w5ap		εὐδόκησαν γάρ	1	Indeed they were please to do this	Alternate translation: “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it”
1756	ROM	15	27	tfz1		ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν	1	indeed, they are their debtors	Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem”
1757	ROM	15	27	en7l		εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς	1	if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them	Alternate translation: “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers”
1758	ROM	15	28	zz8u	figs-metaphor	σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον	1	made sure that they have received what was collected	Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a fruit that was collected and sealed for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1759	ROM	15	29	ylq8	figs-explicit	ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι	1	I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ	This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1760	ROM	15	30	w1ta		δὲ	1	Now	If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of (Romans 15:29) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here.
1761	ROM	15	30	yb7m		παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς	1	I urge you	Alternate translation: “I encourage you”
1762	ROM	15	30	v9iy		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, brothers refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1763	ROM	15	30	fy1v		συναγωνίσασθαί	1	to strive together with	Alternate translation: “to work hard with” or “to struggle with”
1764	ROM	15	31	u7st	figs-activepassive	ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων	1	I may be rescued from those who are disobedient	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1765	ROM	15	31	nw5h	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται	1	and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers	Here Paul expresses his desire that the saints in Jerusalem will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “and pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1766	ROM	15	33	s947	figs-explicit	ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ	1	May the God of peace be with	The God of peace means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1767	ROM	16	intro	qy96			0		Romans 16 General Notes Structure and formatting Conclusion (15:14–16:27) Paul describes his mission (15:14–21) Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33) Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2) Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16) Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20) Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24) Doxology (16:25–27) In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1768	ROM	16	1	sg6a			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name.
1769	ROM	16	1	vkg8		συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην	1	I commend to you Phoebe	Alternate translation: “I want you to respect Phoebe”
1770	ROM	16	1	sry4	translate-names	Φοίβην	1	Phoebe	Phoebe is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1771	ROM	16	1	q86q	figs-exclusive	τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν	1	our sister	The word our refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1772	ROM	16	1	q669	translate-names	Κενχρεαῖς	1	Cenchrea	Cenchrea was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1773	ROM	16	2	cwx1	figs-explicit	αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	you may receive her in the Lord	Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “you would welcome her because we all belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1774	ROM	16	2	yic3		ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων	1	in a manner worthy of the saints	Alternate translation: “in the way that believers should welcome other believers”
1775	ROM	16	2	qp4w	figs-euphemism	παραστῆτε αὐτῇ	1	stand by her	Paul encourages the Roman believers to give to Phoebe anything she needs. Alternate translation: “help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1776	ROM	16	2	inh1		καὶ…προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ	2	has become a helper of many, and of myself as well	Alternate translation: “has helped many people, and she has also helped me”
1777	ROM	16	3	c5lg	translate-names	Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν	1	Priscilla and Aquila	Priscilla was the wife of Aquila. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1778	ROM	16	3	fsk1	figs-explicit	τοὺς συνεργούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	my fellow workers in Christ Jesus	Paul’s fellow workers are people who also tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “who work with me to tell people about Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1779	ROM	16	5	i32d		καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Greet the church that is in their house	Alternate translation: “and greet the believers who meet in their house to worship”
1780	ROM	16	5	bn9z	translate-names	Ἐπαίνετον	1	Epaenetus	Epaenetus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1781	ROM	16	5	d1f1	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν	1	firstfruit of Asia to Christ	Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: “first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1782	ROM	16	6	ew2z	translate-names	Μαρίαν	1	Mary	Mary is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1783	ROM	16	7	tzk4	translate-names	Ἀνδρόνικον	1	Andronicus	Andronicus is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1784	ROM	16	7	z9uk	translate-names	Ἰουνίαν	1	Junias	This could refer to: (1) Junia, a woman’s name. (2) Junias, a man’s name, although this is less likely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1785	ROM	16	7	gce3	figs-activepassive	οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις	1	They are prominent among the apostles	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1786	ROM	16	8	h976	translate-names	Ἀμπλιᾶτον	1	Ampliatus	Ampliatus is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1787	ROM	16	8	alh2		τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	my beloved in the Lord	Alternate translation: “my dear friend and fellow believer in the Lord”
1788	ROM	16	9	bd5l	translate-names	Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν	1	Urbanus … Stachys	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1789	ROM	16	10	k55t	translate-names	Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου	1	Apelles … Aristobulus	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1790	ROM	16	10	q96n		τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the approved in Christ	The word approved refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved”
1791	ROM	16	11	gt6r	translate-names	Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου	1	Herodion … Narcissus	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1792	ROM	16	11	ket9	figs-explicit	τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	who are in the Lord	This refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are believers” or “who belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1793	ROM	16	12	sq9n	translate-names	Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα	1	Tryphaena … Tryphosa … Persis	These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1794	ROM	16	13	zmf4	translate-names	Ῥοῦφον	1	Rufus	Rufus is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1795	ROM	16	13	zy3x	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	chosen in the Lord	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1796	ROM	16	13	hqf6	figs-metaphor	τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ	1	his mother and mine	Paul speaks of the mother of Rufus as if she were his own mother. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1797	ROM	16	14	dwh9	translate-names	Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν	1	Asyncritus … Phlegon … Hermes … Patrobas … Hermas	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1798	ROM	16	14	ck2w		ἀδελφούς	1	brothers	Here, brothers refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1799	ROM	16	15	ye9j	translate-names	Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν	1	Philologus … Nereus … Olympas	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1800	ROM	16	15	n2rx	translate-names	Ἰουλίαν	1	Julia	Julia is the name of a woman. She was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1801	ROM	16	16	g2z1		φιλήματι ἁγίῳ	1	a holy kiss	an expression of affection for fellow believers
1802	ROM	16	16	t1q4	figs-hyperbole	ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	All the churches of Christ greet you	Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the churches of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1803	ROM	16	17	u1m9			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God.
1804	ROM	16	17	wx6r		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, brothers refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1805	ROM	16	17	ztv5		σκοπεῖν	1	to think about	Alternate translation: “to watch out for”
1806	ROM	16	17	n59l	figs-explicit	τὰς διχοστασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα…ποιοῦντας	1	who are causing the divisions and obstacles	This refers to those who argue and cause others to stop trusting in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are causing believers to argue with one another and to stop having faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1807	ROM	16	17	j9x7		παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε	1	They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned	Alternate translation: “and teaching things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned”
1808	ROM	16	17	b318	figs-metaphor	ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Turn away from them	Here, turn away is a metaphor for “refuse to listen.” Alternate translation: “do not listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1809	ROM	16	18	ea6h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ	1	but their own stomach	The words “they serve” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but they serve their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1810	ROM	16	18	nxn4	figs-metonymy	ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ	1	but their own stomach	Here, stomach is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Alternate translation: “but they only care about their physical desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1811	ROM	16	18	eff9	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ	1		Serving there stomach represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: “but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1812	ROM	16	18	eif6	figs-doublet	καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας	1	By their smooth and flattering speech	The words smooth and flattering mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: “and by saying things that seem to be good and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1813	ROM	16	18	c2je	figs-metonymy	ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων	1	they deceive the hearts of the innocent	Here, hearts is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1814	ROM	16	18	m9h5		τῶν ἀκάκων	1	innocent	This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: “of those who innocently trust them” or “of those who do not know these teachers are fooling them”
1815	ROM	16	19	imc7	figs-personification	ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο	1	For your obedience reaches everyone	Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ obedience as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: “For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1816	ROM	16	19	le5l		ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν	1	innocent to that which is evil	Alternate translation: “not involved in doing evil things”
1817	ROM	16	20	s3cq	figs-metaphor	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει	1	The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet	The phrase crush … under your feet refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over Satan as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their feet. Alternate translation: “Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1818	ROM	16	21	z4g3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul gives greetings from the believers who are with him.
1819	ROM	16	21	ku15	translate-names	Λούκιος…Ἰάσων…Σωσίπατρος	1	Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1820	ROM	16	22	xu3q	translate-names	ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	Tertius, who write this epistle	Tertius is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1821	ROM	16	22	nx4g		ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	greet you in the Lord	Alternate translation: “greet you as a fellow believer”
1822	ROM	16	23	sw7r	translate-names	Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος	1	Gaius … Erastus … Quartus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1823	ROM	16	23	j9u7		ὁ ξένος	1	the host	This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship.
1824	ROM	16	23	m5hg		ὁ οἰκονόμος	1	the treasurer	This is a person who takes care of the money for a group.
1825	ROM	16	25	psm3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul closes with a prayer of blessing.
1826	ROM	16	25	v71l		δὲ	1	Now	Here the word Now marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here.
1827	ROM	16	25	pp5k	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι	1	to strengthen you	Paul speaks here of having strong faith as if a person were being set firmly in place. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1828	ROM	16	25	kmw1		κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ	Alternate translation: “by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ”
1829	ROM	16	25	s5ky	figs-metaphor	κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου	1	according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages	Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a secret. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers what had been kept secret for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1830	ROM	16	25	n6c1	figs-activepassive	κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1831	ROM	16	26	d7r5	figs-doublet	φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος	1	but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God	The verbs revealed and made known mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “but now the mystery has been made known to all the nations through the prophetic writings so people can believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1832	ROM	16	26	efyy	figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος	1		You can combine the verbs revealed and made known in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings so that people would believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1833	ROM	16	26	lc6d	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1	to bring about the obedience of faith	Here, obedience and faith are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will believe and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1834	ROM	16	26	cvi3	figs-explicit	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1		You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1835	ROM	16	27	qmj7	figs-explicit	μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν!	1	To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen	Here, through Jesus Christ refers to what Jesus did. To give glory means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])